Initial import of the CDE 2.1.30 sources from the Open Group.
This commit is contained in:
113
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/Dt.sgm
Normal file
113
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/Dt.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: Dt.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 19:58:20 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN318.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN318.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Dt.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Dt.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>miscellaneous desktop definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Dt.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Dt.h</Filename> header contains miscellaneous public constant and function declaration
|
||||
for the &str-XZ; library.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines several constants that can be used to determine
|
||||
the version of the library used to compile an application
|
||||
and the version of the library with which
|
||||
an application is currently linked.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following constants
|
||||
that represent the library compile-time version:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtVERSION</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>An integer specifying the major version number
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtREVISION</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>An integer specifying the minor version number
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtUPDATE_LEVEL</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>An integer specifying the patch release level
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtVERSION_NUMBER</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>An integer combining the major, minor and patch release numbers.
|
||||
It is derived from the following formula:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>(10000 * DtVERSION + 100 *
|
||||
DtRevision + DtUPDATE_LEVEL)
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtVERSION_STRING</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>A string containing a description of the version
|
||||
and the version number
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following constants
|
||||
that represent the library run-time version:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>extern int DtVersion
|
||||
extern char *DtVersionString
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para><Symbol>DtVersion</Symbol> is an integer equivalent to
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">DtVERSION_NUMBER</SystemItem> at the time the library was created.
|
||||
<Symbol>DtVersionString</Symbol> is a string equivalent to
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">DtVERSION_STRING</SystemItem> at the time the library was created.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtInitialize(Display *<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>,
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>tool_class</Emphasis>)
|
||||
Boolean DtAppInitialize(XtAppContext <Emphasis>app_context</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Display *<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>,
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>tool_class</Emphasis>)
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
99
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtAction.sgm
Normal file
99
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtAction.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtAction.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 19:58:29 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN319.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN319.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Action.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Action.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>action service definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Action.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Action.h</Filename> header defines the following
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">DtActionStatus</SystemItem> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtACTION_OK
|
||||
DtACTION_INVALID_ID
|
||||
DtACTION_INVOKED
|
||||
DtACTION_DONE
|
||||
DtACTION_CANCELED
|
||||
DtACTION_FAILED
|
||||
DtACTION_STATUS_UPDATE
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following data type through
|
||||
<Literal>typedef</Literal>:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef unsigned long DtActionInvocationID;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following callback prototypes:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>typedef void (*DtActionCallbackProc)(DtActionInvocationID <Emphasis>id</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtActionArg *<Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>argCount</Emphasis>,
|
||||
DtActionStatus <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>typedef void (*DtDbReloadCallbackProc)(XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">clientData</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDbReloadNotify(DtDbReloadCallbackProc <Symbol Role="Variable">proc</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">clientData</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDbLoad(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtActionExists(char *<Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtActionLabel(char *<Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtActionDescription(char *<Emphasis>actionName</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtActionIcon(char *<Emphasis>actionName</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtActionInvocationID
|
||||
DtActionInvoke(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">action</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtActionFile *<Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>argCount</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>termOpts</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>execHost</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>contextDir</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>useIndicator</Emphasis>,
|
||||
DtActionCallbackProc <Emphasis>statusUpdateCb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtActionDescription;, &cdeman.DtActionExists;, &cdeman.DtActionIcon;, &cdeman.DtActionInvoke;, &cdeman.DtActionLabel;, &cdeman.DtActionCallbackProc;, &cdeman.DtDbLoad;, &cdeman.DtDbReloadNotify;, &cdeman.dtaction;.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
73
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtComboB.sgm
Normal file
73
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtComboB.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtComboB.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 19:58:38 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN320.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN320.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/ComboBox.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/ComboBox.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>DtComboBox widget definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/ComboBox.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/ComboBox.h</Filename> header defines the following structure:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct {
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item_or_text</Symbol>;
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">item_position</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtComboBoxCallbackStruct;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtALIGNMENT_BEGINNING
|
||||
DtALIGNMENT_CENTER
|
||||
DtALIGNMENT_END
|
||||
DtCR_SELECT
|
||||
DtDROP_DOWN_COMBO_BOX
|
||||
DtDROP_DOWN_LIST
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtComboBoxAddItem(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>pos</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>unique</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtComboBoxDeletePos(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>pos</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtComboBoxSelectItem(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtComboBoxSetItem(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
169
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtDnd.sgm
Normal file
169
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtDnd.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtDnd.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 19:58:46 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN321.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN321.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Dnd.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Dnd.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>Drag and drop definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Dnd.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Dnd.h</Filename> header defines the following enumeration types:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtCR_DND_CONVERT_DATA
|
||||
DtCR_DND_CONVERT_DELETE
|
||||
DtCR_DND_DRAG_FINISH
|
||||
DtCR_DND_TRANSFER_DATA
|
||||
DtCR_DND_DROP_ANIMATE
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following enumeration data types,
|
||||
with at least the following members:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">DtDndStatus</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">DtDND_SUCCESS</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">DtDND_FAILURE</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">DtDndProtocol</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtDND_TEXT_TRANSFER = (1L << 0)
|
||||
DtDND_FILENAME_TRANSFER = (1L << 1)
|
||||
DtDND_BUFFER_TRANSFER = (1L << 2)
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following structures:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDndBuffer {
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>bp</Emphasis>;
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol>;
|
||||
string <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtDndBuffer;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDndContext {
|
||||
DtDndProtocol <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol>;
|
||||
int <Emphasis>numItems</Emphasis>;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
XmString *<Symbol Role="Variable">strings</Symbol>;
|
||||
String *<Emphasis>files</Emphasis>;
|
||||
DtDndBuffer *<Emphasis>buffers</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} <Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtDndContext;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDndConvertCallbackStruct {
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
|
||||
DtDndContext *<Emphasis>dragData</Emphasis>;
|
||||
DtDndStatus <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtDndConvertCallbackStruct, *DtDndConvertCallback;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDndDragFinishCallbackStruct {
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
|
||||
DtDndContext *<Emphasis>dragData</Emphasis>;
|
||||
Widget <Emphasis>sourceIcon</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} DtDndDragFinishCallbackStruct, *DtDndDragFinishCallback;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDndTransferCallbackStruct {
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
|
||||
Position <Symbol Role="Variable">x</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">y</Symbol>;
|
||||
unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
|
||||
DtDndContext *<Emphasis>dropData</Emphasis>;
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>completeMove</Emphasis>;
|
||||
DtDndStatus <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtDndTransferCallbackStruct, *DtDndTransferCallback;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDndDropAnimateCallbackStruct {
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
|
||||
Position <Symbol Role="Variable">x</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">y</Symbol>;
|
||||
unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
|
||||
DtDndContext *<Emphasis>dropData</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} DtDndDropAnimateCallbackStruct, *DtDndDropAnimateCallback;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtDndCreateSourceIcon(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
Pixmap <Symbol Role="Variable">pixmap</Symbol>,
|
||||
Pixmap <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtDndDragStart(Widget <Emphasis>dragSource</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtDndProtocol <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Emphasis>numItems</Emphasis>,
|
||||
unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtCallbackList <Emphasis>convertCallback</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtCallbackList <Emphasis>dragFinishCallback</Emphasis>,
|
||||
ArgList <Emphasis>argList</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Emphasis>argCount</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtDndVaDragStart(Widget <Emphasis>dragSource</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtDndProtocol <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Emphasis>numItems</Emphasis>,
|
||||
unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtCallbackList <Emphasis>convertCallback</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtCallbackList <Emphasis>dragFinishCallback</Emphasis>,
|
||||
...);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDndDropRegister(Widget <Emphasis>dropSite</Emphasis>,
|
||||
DtDndProtocol <Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtCallbackList <Emphasis>transferCallback</Emphasis>,
|
||||
ArgList <Emphasis>argList</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Emphasis>argCount</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDndVaDropRegister(Widget <Emphasis>dropSite</Emphasis>,
|
||||
DtDndProtocol <Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtCallbackList <Emphasis>transferCallback</Emphasis>,
|
||||
...);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDndDropUnregister(Widget <Emphasis>dropSite</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
104
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtDts.sgm
Normal file
104
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtDts.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtDts.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 19:58:55 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN322.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN322.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Dts.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Dts.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>data typing definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Dts.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Dts.h</Filename> header declares the following structure:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct _DtDtsAttribute {
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>;
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtDtsAttribute;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtDtsAttribute **DtDtsBufferToAttributeList(const void *<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol>,
|
||||
const int <Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opt_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsBufferToAttributeValue(const void *<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol>,
|
||||
const int <Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>attr_name</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opt_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsBufferToDataType(const void *<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol>,
|
||||
const int <Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opt_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsDataToDataType(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const void *<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol>,
|
||||
const int <Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol>,
|
||||
const struct stat *<Emphasis>stat_buff</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>link_path</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const struct stat *<Emphasis>link_stat_buff</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opt_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int DtDtsDataTypeIsAction(const char *<Emphasis>datatype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char **DtDtsDataTypeNames(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtDtsAttribute **DtDtsDataTypeToAttributeList(const char *<Emphasis>datatype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opt_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsDataTypeToAttributeValue(const char *<Emphasis>datatype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>attr_name</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opt_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtDtsAttribute **DtDtsFileToAttributeList(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsFileToAttributeValue(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>attr_name</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsFileToDataType(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char **DtDtsFindAttribute(const char *<Emphasis>attr_name</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>attr_value</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDtsFreeAttributeList(DtDtsAttribute **<Emphasis>attr_list</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDtsFreeAttributeValue(char *<Emphasis>attr_value</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDtsFreeDataType(char *<Emphasis>datatype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDtsFreeDataTypeNames(char **<Emphasis>namelist</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDtsLoadDataTypes(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtDtsRelease(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *DtDtsSetDataType(const char *<Emphasis>dirpath</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>datatype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const int <Emphasis>override</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
724
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtEditor.sgm
Normal file
724
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtEditor.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtEditor.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 19:59:04 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN73.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN73.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Editor.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Editor.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>editor widget definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Editor.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Editor.h</Filename> header defines structures, enumerations and function prototypes for
|
||||
the Editor widget class.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditorDataFormat</StructName> enumeration data type,
|
||||
with at least the following members:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_TEXT</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The data being transferred is a pointer
|
||||
to a
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem>−terminated string of characters (a <StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName>).
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_WCHAR</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The data being transferred is a
|
||||
wide character string (a <StructName Role="typedef">wchar_t *</StructName>).
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_DATA</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The data being transferred is a
|
||||
sized buffer (a
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditor_DataObj</StructName>).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following structure:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>buf</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} DtEditor_DataObj;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> argument is the
|
||||
size in bytes of the data buffer.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<Emphasis>buf</Emphasis> argument is a
|
||||
pointer to the data buffer.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditorContentRec</StructName> structure is used to transfer data between
|
||||
an application and Editor widget.
|
||||
It indicates the type of data being
|
||||
transferred along with the actual data.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct {
|
||||
DtEditorDataFormat <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
char <Emphasis>*string</Emphasis>;
|
||||
wchar_t <Emphasis>*wchar</Emphasis>;
|
||||
DtEditor_DataObj <Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>;
|
||||
} <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtEditorContentRec;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> argument
|
||||
indicates the type of data contained in the structure.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> argument
|
||||
points to a
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem>−terminated string of characters.
|
||||
It is valid when
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">DtEDITOR_TEXT</SystemItem>. The
|
||||
<Emphasis>wchar</Emphasis> argument
|
||||
points to a wide character string.
|
||||
It is valid when
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">DtEDITOR_WCHAR</SystemItem>. The
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol> argument
|
||||
is a
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditor_DataObj</StructName> that contains the size of the
|
||||
data and a pointer to it.
|
||||
It is valid when
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">DtEDITOR_DATA</SystemItem>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditorChangeValues</StructName> structure is used optionally to specify
|
||||
the string to search for and its replacement value for
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorChange;.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct {
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>find</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>changeTo</Emphasis>,
|
||||
} DtEditorChangeValues;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Emphasis>find</Emphasis> argument
|
||||
is a text string to locate in an DtEditor widget.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<Emphasis>changeTo</Emphasis> argument
|
||||
is the replacement string for the one or more occurrences of the string
|
||||
specified in
|
||||
<Emphasis>find</Emphasis>. It can be
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditorFormatSettings</StructName> structure is used to optionally specify
|
||||
the left margin setting, right margin setting, and alignment style for
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorFormat;.</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct {
|
||||
int <Emphasis>leftMargin</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>rightMargin</Emphasis>,
|
||||
unsigned int <Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol>,
|
||||
} DtEditorFormatSettings;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Emphasis>leftMargin</Emphasis> argument
|
||||
is the column number of the left boundary when formatting text.
|
||||
Text is not extended to the left of this column.
|
||||
It must be non-negative.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<Emphasis>rightMargin</Emphasis> argument
|
||||
is the column number of the right boundary when formatting text.
|
||||
Text is not extended to the right of this column.
|
||||
It must be larger than
|
||||
<Emphasis>leftMargin</Emphasis>. The
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol> argument
|
||||
specifies the style of alignment when formatting text (see the
|
||||
constants listed in this header).
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header declares the following variable:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>WidgetClass dtEditorWidgetClass;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following constants for use with the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorChange; function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_ALL_OCCURRENCES</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Change all instances of the find string.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_CURRENT_SELECTION</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Replace the currently selected text with the replacement string.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NEXT_OCCURRENCE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Change the next occurrence of the find string after the insertion
|
||||
cursor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following constants for use with the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorFormat; function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_FORMAT_ALL</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Reformats all the text in a DtEditor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Reformats only the paragraph containing the insertion cursor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_ALIGN_CENTER</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Centers each line of text between the left and right margins.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_ALIGN_JUSTIFY</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Aligns the text flush with both the left and right margins.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_ALIGN_LEFT</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Aligns the text flush with the left margin.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_ALIGN_RIGHT</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Aligns the text flush with the right margin.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following constant for use with the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGoToLine; function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_LAST_LINE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Moves the cursor to the beginning of the last line in the widget.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditorErrorCode</StructName> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NO_ERRORS</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The function completed its task without errors.
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Not enough system memory is available to complete the task.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_INVALID_TYPE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The specified type is not a recognized
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtEditorDataFormat</StructName> when setting or retrieving contents or the specified
|
||||
Alignment type is not recognized when formatting text.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_INVALID_RANGE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The starting character position in a text replacement is greater than
|
||||
the ending character position or the specified Amount To Format
|
||||
when formatting text is not recognized.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NULL_ITEM</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The data buffer is
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem> when passing data in a buffer.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_ILLEGAL_SIZE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The specified size of a data buffer is negative when passing data in a
|
||||
buffer, or the left and right margin values are illegal when formatting text.
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_SPELL_FILTER_FAILED</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Function>DtEditor</Function> function cannot successfully execute the filter specified by the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Resource">DtNspellFilter</SystemItem> resource.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NO_TMP_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Function>DtEditor</Function> function cannot create a temporary file in the directory returned by
|
||||
<Function>tmpnam</Function>3S. ]]></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_INVALID_FILENAME</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>No file was specified.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NONEXISTENT_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file specified for reading does not exist.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_UNREADABLE_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file specified is unreadable for an unspecified reason.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_READ_ONLY_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file is read only.
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NULLS_REMOVED</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file contained embedded
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem> characters, which were removed.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_NO_FILE_ACCESS</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file cannot be accessed.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_DIRECTORY</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file specified is a directory.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_CHAR_SPECIAL_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file specified is a character-special device.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_BLOCK_MODE_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The file specified is a block-mode device.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_UNWRITABLE_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The application does not have write permission for the file or directory.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_WRITABLE_FILE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The specified file exists and the
|
||||
<Emphasis>overwriteIfExists</Emphasis> flag is set to
|
||||
False.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_SAVE_FAILED</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The contents of the widget could not be saved for an unspecified reason.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
enumeration values as reasons for the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Resource">DtNtextSelectCallback</SystemItem>:</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_TEXT_SELECT</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Some text has been selected within the edit window (that is, the selection
|
||||
has become non-
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem>).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_TEXT_DESELECT</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>No text is selected within the edit window (that is, the selection
|
||||
has become
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">NULL</SystemItem>).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following constants as reasons for the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem>:</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_EDIT_WINDOW</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated in the edit window.
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_STATUS_LINE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated in the status line.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_STATUS_CURRENT_LINE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Current Line Number
|
||||
display in the status line.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_STATUS_TOTAL_LINES</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Total Lines display in
|
||||
the status line.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_STATUS_MESSAGE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Message field in the
|
||||
status line.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_STATUS_OVERSTRIKE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Overstrike indicator
|
||||
in the status line.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_FORMAT_DIALOG</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Help button in the
|
||||
Format Settings dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_FORMAT_LEFT_MARGIN</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Left Margin field in
|
||||
the Format Settings dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_FORMAT_RIGHT_MARGIN</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Right Margin Field in
|
||||
the Format Settings dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_FORMAT_ALIGNMENT</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Alignment buttons in the Format Settings
|
||||
dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_CHANGE_DIALOG</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Help button in the Find/Change dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_CHANGE_FIND</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Find field in the Find/Change dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_CHANGE_CHANGE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Change To field in the Find/Change dialog.
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_SPELL_DIALOG</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Help button in the Spell dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_SPELL_MISSPELLED_WORDS</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the list of misspelled words in the Spell dialog.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>DtEDITOR_HELP_SPELL_CHANGE</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The help request originated from the Change To field in the Spell dialog.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtCreateEditor(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
ArgList <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorAppend(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorContentRec *<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorAppendFromFile(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>fileName</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorChange(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorChangeValues *<Emphasis>findChangeStrings</Emphasis>,
|
||||
unsigned int <Emphasis>instanceToChange</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorCheckForUnsavedChanges(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorClearSelection(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorCopyToClipboard(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorCutToClipboard(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorDeleteSelection(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorDeselect(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorDisableRedisplay(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorEnableRedisplay(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorFind(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char * <Emphasis>find</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorFormat(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorFormatSettings *<Emphasis>formatSettings</Emphasis>,
|
||||
unsigned int <Emphasis>amountToFormat</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorGetContents(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorContentRec *<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>,
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>hardCarriageReturns</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>markContentsAsSaved</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>XmTextPosition DtEditorGetInsertionPosition(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>XmTextPosition DtEditorGetLastPosition(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para><![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtEditorGetMessageTextFieldID(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para>]]></Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorGetSizeHints(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
XSizeHints *<Emphasis>pHints</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorGoToLine(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>lineNumber</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorInsert(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorContentRec *<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorInsertFromFile(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>fileName</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorInvokeFindChangeDialog(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorInvokeFormatDialog(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para><![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorInvokeSpellDialog(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para>]]></Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorPasteFromClipboard(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorReplace(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorContentRec *<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorReplaceFromFile(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>fileName</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para><![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorReset(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para>]]></Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorSaveContentsToFile(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>fileName</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>overwriteIfExists</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>hardCarriageReturns</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Boolean <Emphasis>markContentsAsSaved</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorSelectAll(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorSetContents(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtEditorContentRec *<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>DtEditorErrorCode DtEditorSetContentsFromFile(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>fileName</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorSetInsertionPosition(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtEditorTraverseToEditor(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtEditorUndoEdit(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtCreateEditor;, &cdeman.DtEditor;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorAppend;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorAppendFromFile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorChange;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorCheckForUnsavedChanges;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorClearSelection;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorCopyToClipboard;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorCutToClipboard;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorDeleteSelection;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorDeselect;, &cdeman.DtEditorFind;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorFormat;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGetContents;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGetInsertionPosition;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGetLastPosition;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGetMessageTextFieldID;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGetSizeHints;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorGoToLine;, &cdeman.DtEditorInsert;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorInsertFromFile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorInvokeFindChangeDialog;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorInvokeFormatDialog;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorInvokeSpellDialog;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorPasteFromClipboard;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorReplace;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorReplaceFromFile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorReset;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorSaveContentsToFile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorSelectAll;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorSetContents;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorSetContentsFromFile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorSetInsertionPosition;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorTraverseToEditor;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtEditorUndoEdit;.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
144
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtHelp.sgm
Normal file
144
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtHelp.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtHelp.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 19:59:13 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN74.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN74.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Help.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Help.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>help services definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Help.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Help.h</Filename> header defines the variables and function prototypes for help services.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtHelpDialogCallbackStruct</StructName> <Emphasis>windowHint</Emphasis> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_POPUP_WINDOW
|
||||
DtHELP_CURRENT_WINDOW
|
||||
DtHELP_NEW_WINDOW
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtHelpDialogCallbackStruct</StructName> <Emphasis>hyperType</Emphasis> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_LINK_JUMP_NEW
|
||||
DtHELP_LINK_TOPIC
|
||||
DtHELP_LINK_MAN_PAGE
|
||||
DtHELP_LINK_APP_DEFINE
|
||||
DtHELP_LINK_TEXT_FILE
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">DtHelpDialogCallbackStruct</StructName> <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtCR_HELP_LINK_ACTIVATE
|
||||
DtCR_HELP_CLOSE
|
||||
DtCR_HELP_HELP
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<Symbol>DtNScrollBarPolicy</Symbol> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_NO_SCROLLBARS
|
||||
DtHELP_STATIC_SCROLLBARS
|
||||
DtHELP_AS_NEEDED_SCROLLBARS
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Resource">DtNhelpType</SystemItem> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_TYPE_TOPIC
|
||||
DtHELP_TYPE_STRING
|
||||
DtHELP_TYPE_MAN_PAGE
|
||||
DtHELP_TYPE_FILE
|
||||
DtHELP_TYPE_DYNAMIC_STRING
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Resource">DtNpaperSize</SystemItem> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_PAPERSIZE_LETTER
|
||||
DtHELP_PAPERSIZE_LEGAL
|
||||
DtHELP_PAPERSIZE_EXECUTIVE
|
||||
DtHELP_PAPERSIZE_A4
|
||||
DtHELP_PAPERSIZE_B5
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<Function>DtHelpQuickDialogGetChild</Function> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_QUICK_CLOSE_BUTTON
|
||||
DtHELP_QUICK_PRINT_BUTTON
|
||||
DtHELP_QUICK_HELP_BUTTON
|
||||
DtHELP_QUICK_SEPARATOR
|
||||
DtHELP_QUICK_MORE_BUTTON
|
||||
DtHELP_QUICK_BACK_BUTTON
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header defines the following
|
||||
<Function>DtHelpReturnSelectedWidgetId</Function> constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtHELP_SELECT_ERROR
|
||||
DtHELP_SELECT_VALID
|
||||
DtHELP_SELECT_ABORT
|
||||
DtHELP_SELECT_INVALID
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtHelpSetCatalogName(char *<Emphasis>catFile</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int DtHelpReturnSelectedWidgetId(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cursor <Symbol Role="Variable">cursor</Symbol>,
|
||||
Widget *<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.Dt.HelpDialog.h;, &cdeman.Dt.HelpQuickD.h;, &cdeman.DtCreateHelpQuickDialog;, &cdeman.DtCreateHelpDialog;, &cdeman.DtHelpSetCatalogName;, &cdeman.DtHelpReturnSelectedWidgetId;, &cdeman.DtHelpDialog;, &cdeman.DtHelpQuickDialog;.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
61
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtHelpDi.sgm
Normal file
61
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtHelpDi.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtHelpDi.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 19:59:21 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN75.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN75.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/HelpDialog.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/HelpDialog.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>DtHelpDialog definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/HelpDialog.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/HelpDialog.h</Filename> header defines the variables and function prototypes for
|
||||
help dialog services.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/HelpDialog.h</Filename> header declares the following variable:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>WidgetClass dtHelpDialogWidgetClass;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header declares the following as a function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtCreateHelpDialog(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
ArgList *<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.Dt.Help.h;, &cdeman.Dt.HelpQuickD.h;, &cdeman.DtCreateHelpQuickDialog;, &cdeman.DtCreateHelpDialog;, &cdeman.DtHelpSetCatalogName;, &cdeman.DtHelpReturnSelectedWidgetId;, &cdeman.DtHelpDialog;, &cdeman.DtHelpQuickDialog;.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
61
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtHelpQD.sgm
Normal file
61
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtHelpQD.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtHelpQD.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 19:59:29 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN76.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN76.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/HelpQuickD.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/HelpQuickD.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>DtHelpQuickDialog definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/HelpQuickD.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/HelpQuickD.h</Filename> header defines the variables and function prototypes for
|
||||
help quick dialog services.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/HelpQuickD.h</Filename> header declares the following variable:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>WidgetClass dtHelpQuickDialogWidgetClass;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header declares the following as a function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtCreateHelpQuickDialog(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
char *<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
Arg *<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.Dt.Help.h;, &cdeman.Dt.HelpDialog.h;, &cdeman.DtCreateHelpQuickDialog;, &cdeman.DtCreateHelpDialog;, &cdeman.DtHelpSetCatalogName;, &cdeman.DtHelpReturnSelectedWidgetId;, &cdeman.DtHelpDialog;, &cdeman.DtHelpQuickDialog;.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
86
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtInfoLib.sgm
Normal file
86
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtInfoLib.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: infolib.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 19:54:11 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<refentry id="CDE.INFO.dtinfolib">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>DtInfoLib</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>file format</manvolnum></refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname><command>DtInfoLib</command></refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>collection of book cases for browsing with <command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<synopsis>
|
||||
<command>DtInfo_LoadInfoLib</command>
|
||||
|
||||
Criteria:
|
||||
DATA_ATTRIBUTES_NAME: DtInfoLib
|
||||
NAME_PATTERN: ?*.dti*
|
||||
CONTENT: 0 filename .oli
|
||||
MODE: d|l
|
||||
LINK_NAME: ?*.dti*
|
||||
|
||||
Attributes:
|
||||
TYPE_LABEL: DtInfoLib
|
||||
DESCRIPTION: On-line documentation for the Information Manager.
|
||||
ICON: Dtinlib
|
||||
PROPERTIES: NULL
|
||||
ACTIONS: Open
|
||||
IS_TEXT: false (could be true for criteria 2 match)
|
||||
INSTANCE_ICON Field: [available for publisher-supplied or user's infolib icon]
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para><command>DtInfoLib</command> is a desktop object representing a
|
||||
collection of book cases of documents that can be accessed through the
|
||||
CDE Information Manager. <command>DtInfoLib</command> data criteria and
|
||||
data attributes are identified for use by desktop facilities. These are
|
||||
part of the CDE built-in data types.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para><command>DtInfoLib</command> is a directory that contains the collection
|
||||
of book cases available for a given information library. The contents of
|
||||
the <command>DtInfoLib</command> directory are not visible to the
|
||||
end-user through the desktop. The <command>DtInfoLib</command> object
|
||||
can be launched directly by double-clicking on the associated icon or by
|
||||
dragging the icon on to the Information Manager icon in the File Manager
|
||||
or on the Front Panel.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</title>
|
||||
<para>If defined, the environment variable <systemitem class="environvar">DTINFOLIBSEARCHPATH</systemitem> may be used to find
|
||||
the default infolib (or infolibs) for the system. If provided, the
|
||||
<command>dtinfo</command> command line argument given with the
|
||||
<literal>-l</literal> option overrides the environment. If none of the
|
||||
other path mechanisms are used, the browser uses the standard CDE path.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>ACTIONS/MESSAGES</title>
|
||||
<para>Double-clicking on the <command>DtInfoLib</command> object, or selecting
|
||||
<literal>Open</literal> from the objects select menu invokes the
|
||||
<literal>Open</literal> action on the object.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>FILES</title>
|
||||
<para>The default location for the desktop on line documentation library is
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/infolib/%L</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoBook.dtd;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMmdbBookCaseGetInfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMmdbInfoLibInfo;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</refsect1></refentry>
|
||||
48
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtMenuBu.sgm
Normal file
48
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtMenuBu.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtMenuBu.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 19:59:40 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN323.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN323.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/MenuButton.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/MenuButton.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>DtMenuButton widget definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/MenuButton.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/MenuButton.h</Filename> header defines the following constant:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtCR_CASCADING
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as a function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtCreateMenuButton(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
String <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
ArgList <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
59
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtMrm.sgm
Normal file
59
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtMrm.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtMrm.sgm /main/2 1996/10/28 15:49:01 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.dtmrm">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.dtmrm">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Mrm.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Mrm.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>initializing widgets for URM facilities
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Mrm.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The top-level routine <function>DtMrmIntialize</function> is normally accessible to
|
||||
and used by an application at runtime to access URM facilities.</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<function>DtMrmIntialize</function> must be called in order to prepare an application to
|
||||
use URM widget fetching facilities for CDE Dt widgets. It is analogous to the
|
||||
<function>MrmInitialize</function> routine for Motif widgets.</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<function>DtMrmIntialize</function> initializes the internal data
|
||||
structures (creating the mapping from class codes to the creation
|
||||
routine for each builtin widget class) which URM needs in order to
|
||||
successfully perform type conversion on arguments, and successfully
|
||||
access widget creation facilities. <function>DtMrmIntialize</function> must be called before
|
||||
any widgets are created, whether by URM's fetch mechanisms or directly
|
||||
by the application. It may be called before or after <function>XtInitialize</function>, and
|
||||
multiple calls after the first one are benign (no-ops).</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMrmInitialize;.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
97
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtMsgLog.sgm
Normal file
97
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtMsgLog.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtMsgLog.sgm /main/4 1996/10/28 14:50:45 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.dtmsglog">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.dtmsglog">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/MsgLog.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/MsgLog.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>message logging definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/MsgLog.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/MsgLog.h</Filename> header defines data types and function prototypes for
|
||||
the Message Logging Service.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/MsgLog.h</Filename> header provides
|
||||
the following data type declarations:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
DtMsgLogInformation,
|
||||
DtMsgLogStderr,
|
||||
DtMsgLogDebug,
|
||||
DtMsgLogWarning,
|
||||
DtMsgLogError
|
||||
} DtMsgLogType;
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
typedef void (*DtMsgLogHandler) (
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">program_name</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtMsgLogType <Symbol Role="Variable">msg_type</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>,
|
||||
va_list <Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol> );
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Para>The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/MsgLog.h</Filename> header defines the following functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
void DtMsgLogMesssage(
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">program_name</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtMsgLogType <Symbol Role="Variable">msg_type</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>,
|
||||
…);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
DtMsgLogHandler DtMsgLogSetHandler(
|
||||
DtMsgLogHandler <Symbol Role="Variable">handler</Symbol>;
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
FILE *DtMsgLogOpenFile(
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>,
|
||||
char **<Symbol Role="Variable">filename_return</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMsgLogMessage;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMsgLogSetHandler;, and
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMsgLogOpenFile;.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
421
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtPrint.sgm
Normal file
421
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtPrint.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtPrint.sgm /main/2 1996/10/28 13:39:32 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.dtprint">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.dtprint">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Print.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Print.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>print definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Print.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header defines resource names, resource values,
|
||||
callback reasons, callback structures, and function prototypes for
|
||||
the Print widget class.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header defines
|
||||
the following resource names:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNcancelCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>cancelCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNclosePrintDisplayCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>closePrintDisplayCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNcopies</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>copies</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNdescription</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>description</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNdestroyContextCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>destroyContextCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNfileName</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>fileName</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNminimizeButtons</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>minimizeButtons (if not otherwise named)</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNoptionCount</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>optionCount</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNoptions</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>options</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNprintCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>printCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNprintDestination</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>printDestination</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNprinterInfoProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>printerInfoProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNprinterName</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>printerName</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNprintSetupMode</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>printSetupMode</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNselectFileProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>selectFileProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNselectPrinterProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>selectPrinterProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNsetupCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>setupCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNverifyPrinterProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>verifyPrinterProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtNworkAreaLocation</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>workAreaLocation</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCCancelCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>CancelCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCClosePrintDisplayCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>ClosePrintDisplayCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCCopies</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Copies</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCDescription</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Description</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCDestroyContextCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>DestroyContextCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCFileName</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>FileName</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCMinimizeButtons</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>MinimizeButtons (if not otherwise named)</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCOptionCount</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>OptionCount</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCOptions</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Options</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCPrintCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>PrintCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCPrintDestination</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>PrintDestination</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCPrinterInfoProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>PrinterInfoProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCPrinterName</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>PrinterName</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCPrintSetupMode</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>PrintSetupMode</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCSelectFileProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>SelectFileProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term></term>
|
||||
<listitem><para></para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCSelectPrinterProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>SelectPrinterProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCSetupCallback</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>SetupCallback</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCVerifyPrinterProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>VerifyPrinterProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtCWorkAreaLocation</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>WorkAreaLocation</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term>DtRPrintSetupProc</term>
|
||||
<listitem><para>PrintSetupProc</para></listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="resource">DtNsetupMode</systemitem> resource:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_SETUP_PLAIN</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_SETUP_XP</systemitem>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="resource">DtNworkAreaLocation</systemitem> resource:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtWORK_AREA_NONE</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtWORK_AREA_TOP</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtWORK_AREA_TOP_AND_BOTTOM</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtWORK_AREA_BOTTOM</systemitem>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="resource">DtNprintDestination</systemitem> resource:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_NO_DESTINATION</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_TO_PRINTER</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_TO_FILE</systemitem>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="resource">DtNprinterNameMode</systemitem> resource:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtSHORT_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtMEDIUM_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtLONG_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following mode values for
|
||||
<function>DtPrintSetupBoxResetConnection()</function>:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
DtPRINT_CLOSE_CONNECTION,
|
||||
DtPRINT_RELEASE_CONNECTION
|
||||
} DtPrintResetConnectionMode;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following
|
||||
callback reasons:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
DtPRINT_CR_NONE
|
||||
DtPRINT_CR_CANCEL
|
||||
DtPRINT_CR_CLOSE_PRINT_DISPLAY
|
||||
DtPRINT_CR_PRINT
|
||||
DtPRINT_CR_SETUP
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following
|
||||
return values for the <command>DtPrint</command> procedure:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
DtPRINT_SUCCESS,
|
||||
DtPRINT_BAD_PARM,
|
||||
DtPRINT_FAILURE,
|
||||
DtPRINT_INVALID_DISPLAY,
|
||||
DtPRINT_NOT_XP_DISPLAY,
|
||||
DtPRINT_NO_CONNECTION,
|
||||
DtPRINT_NO_DEFAULT,
|
||||
DtPRINT_NO_DEFAULT_DISPLAY,
|
||||
DtPRINT_NO_PRINTER,
|
||||
DtPRINT_PRINTER_MISSING
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_SUCCESS</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The X printer connection was successfully obtained.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_BAD_PARM</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The value passed for <symbol role="Variable">print_data</symbol>
|
||||
is <symbol role="define">NULL</symbol>, or the value of the
|
||||
<systemitem class="resource">DtNprintSetupMode</systemitem>
|
||||
resource for <symbol role="Variable">wid</symbol> is not
|
||||
<systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_SETUP_XP</systemitem>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_FAILURE</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The X printer connection failed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_INVALID_DISPLAY</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The indicated X print server could not be found.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_NOT_XP_DISPLAY</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The indicated X server does not support the X Printing Extension.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_NO_CONNECTION</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>An open X print server connection is not currently being
|
||||
managed by the <function>DtPrintSetupBox</function>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="constant">DtPRINT_NO_PRINTER</systemitem></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The indicated printer could not be found on the X print server, or a
|
||||
default printer could not be determined.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <Filename Role="Header">Dt/Print.h</Filename> header declares the following class record
|
||||
constants:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
WidgetClass dtPrintSetupBoxWidgetClass;
|
||||
|
||||
_DtPrintSetupBoxClassRec * DtPrintSetupBoxWidgetClass;
|
||||
_DtPrintSetupBoxRec * DtPrintSetupBoxWidget;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following callback prototypes:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtPrintSetupData
|
||||
{
|
||||
String <Symbol Role="Variable">printer_name</Symbol>;
|
||||
Display *<Symbol Role="Variable">print_display</Symbol>;
|
||||
XPContext <Symbol Role="Variable">print_context</Symbol>;
|
||||
XtEnum <Symbol Role="Variable">destination</Symbol>;
|
||||
String <Symbol Role="Variable">dest_info</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtPrintSetupData;
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtPrintSetupCallbackStruct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">*event</Symbol>;
|
||||
DtPrintSetupData <Symbol Role="Variable">*print_data</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtPrintSetupCallbackStruct;
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following functions:</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
Widget DtCreatePrintSetupBox(
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">p</Symbol>,
|
||||
String <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
ArgList <Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
Widget DtCreatePrintSetupDialog(
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">ds_p</Symbol>,
|
||||
String <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
|
||||
ArgList <Symbol Role="Variable">sb_args</Symbol>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">sb_n)</Symbol>;
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
DtPrintSetupData* DtPrintCopySetupData(
|
||||
DtPrintSetupData* <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>,
|
||||
const DtPrintSetupData* <Symbol Role="Variable">source</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
XtEnum DtPrintFillSetupData(
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">psub</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtPrintSetupData* <Symbol Role="Variable">print_data</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
void DtPrintFreeSetupData(
|
||||
DtPrintSetupData* <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
XtEnum DtPrintResetConnection(
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">psub</Symbol>,
|
||||
DtPrintResetConnectionMode <Symbol Role="Variable">m</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>
|
||||
&cdeman.DtCreatePrintSetupBox;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtCreatePrintSetupDialog;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtPrintCopySetupData;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtPrintFillSetupData;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtPrintFreeSetupData;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtPrintResetConnection;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtPrintSetupBox;,
|
||||
&cdeman.Print;, and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtprintinfo;.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
|
||||
47
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtSaver.sgm
Normal file
47
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtSaver.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtSaver.sgm /main/7 1996/08/31 14:46:12 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN77.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN77.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Saver.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Saver.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>screen saver definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Saver.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Saver.h</Filename> header defines the following as a function:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtSaverGetWindows(Display *<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>,
|
||||
Window **<Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtSaverGetWindows;</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
51
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtSessio.sgm
Normal file
51
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtSessio.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtSessio.sgm /main/6 1996/08/31 14:46:20 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN78.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN78.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Session.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Session.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>session management services definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Session.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Session.h</Filename> header defines the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtSessionSavePath(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char **<Emphasis>save_path</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char **<Emphasis>save_file</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Boolean DtSessionRestorePath(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
|
||||
char **<Emphasis>restore_path</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char *<Emphasis>restore_file</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtSessionSavePath;, &cdeman.DtSessionRestorePath;.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
]]>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
81
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtSpinBo.sgm
Normal file
81
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtSpinBo.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtSpinBo.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 19:59:48 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN324.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN324.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/SpinBox.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/SpinBox.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>DtSpinBox widget definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/SpinBox.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/SpinBox.h</Filename> header defines the following structure:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct {
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
|
||||
XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>;
|
||||
Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>;
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>;
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
|
||||
Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">crossed_boundary</Symbol>;
|
||||
} DtSpinBoxCallbackStruct;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following constants:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>DtARROWS_FLAT_BEGINNING
|
||||
DtARROWS_FLAT_END
|
||||
DtARROWS_SPLIT
|
||||
DtARROWS_BEGINNING
|
||||
DtARROWS_END
|
||||
DtARROWS_SENSITIVE
|
||||
DtARROWS_DECREMENT_SENSITIVE
|
||||
DtARROWS_INCREMENT_SENSITIVE
|
||||
DtARROWS_INSENSITIVE
|
||||
DtNUMERIC
|
||||
DtALIGNMENT_BEGINNING
|
||||
DtALIGNMENT_CENTER
|
||||
DtALIGNMENT_END
|
||||
DtCR_SPIN_NEXT
|
||||
DtCR_SPIN_PRIOR
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtSpinBoxAddItem(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>pos</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtSpinBoxDeletePos(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>pos</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtSpinBoxSetItem(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
658
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtStdApp.sgm
Normal file
658
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtStdApp.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtStdApp.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 19:59:56 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.MAN103.rsml.1">
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>DtStdAppFontNames</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Symbol>DtStdAppFontNames</Symbol></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; Standard Application Font Names
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis><Anchor XRefLabel="DtStdAppFontNames" Role="3" Id="CDEMX.MAN103.anch.1">
|
||||
<!--WARNING: USED TO BE A PARAGRAPH:-->
|
||||
The &str-XZ; Standard Application Font Names are a set of generic X Window
|
||||
System font names, usable by applications as their default
|
||||
fonts, for the most common categories of type designs and styles.
|
||||
These names, for at least six sizes of 13 typefaces,
|
||||
must be provided on all &str-XZ;
|
||||
systems, and they should be provided in any
|
||||
X server product on which &str-XZ; applications are expected to run.
|
||||
They are typically mapped to existing fonts on the system
|
||||
using the font alias mechanism, although this method is not required.
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&str-XZ; 1.0 does not come with a common set of fonts on all vendors'
|
||||
systems, and both &str-XZ; itself and &str-XZ; applications must be able to run
|
||||
on X servers and X terminals from non-&str-XZ; vendors if those vendors so
|
||||
desire.
|
||||
Therefore, there are a standard set of ``generic'' font names
|
||||
and sizes that each &str-XZ; vendor makes available on their &str-XZ; systems and
|
||||
that X server vendors may make available on their X servers and
|
||||
terminals.
|
||||
The names map to existing fonts on each vendor's system,
|
||||
which may vary from vendor to vendor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Standard Application Font Names described here allow
|
||||
applications to use a single set of default font specifications in their
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> files, without concern for the system
|
||||
or X server
|
||||
on which &str-XZ; is running.
|
||||
These
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> application defaults are given as XLFD font name patterns that will
|
||||
match the standard &str-XZ; font names on all &str-XZ; systems.
|
||||
This allows
|
||||
application developers both to reduce their concern with selecting
|
||||
their default fonts from a varying set of fonts on different &str-XZ;
|
||||
systems and to make use of the system default fonts.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Background</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Application fonts are the fonts used within an application, where a
|
||||
wide variety of text designs, styles, weights and point sizes are useful.
|
||||
These variations are used for emphasis, cross-references,
|
||||
section headers, and so forth.
|
||||
There are thousands of fonts available in the
|
||||
market for use in applications, and different &str-XZ; systems will have
|
||||
different fonts.
|
||||
The standard names attempt to provide the minimum
|
||||
variety in generic designs, styles and sizes that an application might
|
||||
want to use as defaults.
|
||||
(The &str-XZ; Standard Interface Font Names, described in
|
||||
&cdeman.DtStdInterfaceFontNames;, provide a similar mechanism for the elements of the &str-XZ; desktop itself.)
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Common application font names prevent applications
|
||||
from needing different
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> files on each &str-XZ; system.
|
||||
The Standard Application Font Names
|
||||
allow applications to use a single
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> file across all &str-XZ; systems.
|
||||
In addition, any X server or X
|
||||
terminal vendor may ensure that &str-XZ; applications can run on their
|
||||
X server by mapping these standard application names to fonts of the
|
||||
corresponding style on their individual X systems.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Rationale</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Two of the most common design variations in fonts used to display text
|
||||
are the presence or absence of serifs and the choice between
|
||||
proportional or regularly spaced (mono-spaced) characters.
|
||||
Combining these two design variations yields four ``generic'' font
|
||||
designs, or families:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>serif proportionally-spaced
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>sans serif proportionally-spaced
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>serif mono-spaced
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>sans serif mono-spaced
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Common examples of these four designs are:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Times Roman
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Helvetica
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Courier
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Lucida Sans Typewriter
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Each of these designs typically come, for text fonts,
|
||||
in four styles (combinations of weight and slant):
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>plain
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>bold
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>italic
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>bold-italic
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>The four styles of each of the four design variations yield 16 generic
|
||||
font variations.
|
||||
These 16 generic fonts are among the most commonly
|
||||
used in general desktop computing.
|
||||
For example, taking the first three
|
||||
real examples above (Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier), these 12 fonts,
|
||||
along with the Symbol font, constitute the so-called ``Adobe 13'' that
|
||||
is a de facto minimum set of fonts in the PostScript community in the
|
||||
desktop computer marketplace.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>In some cases, applications do not care about the exact font family or
|
||||
name to be used, but do need to use a mono-spaced font, a sans serif
|
||||
font or a serif font.
|
||||
This &str-XZ; mechanism allows such applications to
|
||||
be freed from the need to be concerned about the exact font names that
|
||||
may or may not be present on a particular &str-XZ; system.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>The Standard Names for the Latin-1 Character Set</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The 13 standard application font names are provided on all &str-XZ; systems
|
||||
only for the
|
||||
ISO 8859
|
||||
(Latin-1) character set.
|
||||
These represent 12
|
||||
generic design and style variations (serif and sans serif
|
||||
proportionally-spaced, and a mono-spaced font that is either serif or
|
||||
sans serif), as well as a symbol font.
|
||||
These standard names are
|
||||
provided in addition to the ``real'' names of the fonts that the
|
||||
standard names are mapped to for a particular &str-XZ; system.
|
||||
An additional four standard font names, to allow both serif and sans serif
|
||||
designs in a mono-spaced font, may also be provided by a &str-XZ; system.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>XLFD Field Values for the Standard Application Font Names</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The standard names are available using the X Window System XLFD font
|
||||
naming scheme.
|
||||
There are three aspects to the standard names:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList>
|
||||
<!-- merged from xo+cde-->
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Emphasis>underlying font</Emphasis> on each system,
|
||||
or X server platform,
|
||||
to which a standard name is mapped,
|
||||
typically will be different on each system.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Emphasis>standard name</Emphasis> itself, a full XLFD name mapped to the underlying font,
|
||||
may be different on each system in some of the XLFD fields.
|
||||
However, most of the fields are the same from system to system,
|
||||
allowing the
|
||||
<Emphasis>patterns</Emphasis> (described next) to be the same.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The font resource
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> containing the * wildcards, used in
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> files,
|
||||
which will match the full XLFD name of the standard name,
|
||||
is the same across all systems, for a given use in an
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> file.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Each &str-XZ; or X server vendor implementing this specification
|
||||
must provide full XLFD names for the standard names, mapped to
|
||||
system-dependent underlying fonts,
|
||||
so that the XLFD patterns used in &str-XZ; application
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> files will always match one of the full XLFD names provided.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The Standard Application Font Names are identified by the presence of
|
||||
the following XLFD field name values:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList>
|
||||
<!-- merged from xo+cde-->
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">FOUNDRY</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>dt</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>application</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>medium</Literal> or
|
||||
<Literal>bold</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">SLANT</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>r</Literal> or
|
||||
<Literal>i</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">SETWIDTH</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>normal</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>sans</Literal> for sans serif,
|
||||
<Literal>serif</Literal> for serif
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">SPACING</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>p</Literal> or
|
||||
<Literal>m</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>iso8859</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</SystemItem> is
|
||||
<Literal>1</Literal></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
<Para>Although
|
||||
<Literal>sans</Literal> and
|
||||
<Literal>serif</Literal> are not required by the XLFD font
|
||||
convention, they are always part of the standard &str-XZ; font names.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Point Sizes</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The complete set of point sizes available for each of the standard
|
||||
application font names is determined by the set of fonts included in a
|
||||
system, whether bitmapped only or both bitmapped and scalable outline.
|
||||
The minimum set of sizes required and available on
|
||||
all &str-XZ; systems corresponds to the standard sizes of bitmapped fonts
|
||||
that make up the default mapping for X11R5:
|
||||
8, 10, 12, 14, 18 and 24.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>For example, the entire set of six sizes of the plain monospaced font, on
|
||||
any &str-XZ; system, is represented by:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-80-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-100-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-120-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-140-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-240-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>These patterns will match the corresponding standard font name on any
|
||||
&str-XZ; system, even though the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">PIXEL_SIZE</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">AVERAGE_WIDTH</SystemItem> numeric
|
||||
fields may be different on various systems, and the matched fonts may
|
||||
be either serif or sans serif, depending on the implementation
|
||||
of the set of standard names.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">RESOLUTION</SystemItem> fields in the XLFD names of the underlying fonts, when
|
||||
those fonts are bitmapped fonts, must match the resolution
|
||||
of the monitor on which the fonts are displayed for the
|
||||
point sizes to be accurate.
|
||||
To provide expected point size
|
||||
behavior for applications, systems should ensure that the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">RESOLUTION_X</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">RESOLUTION_Y</SystemItem> fields of the underlying
|
||||
fonts vary no more than 20% from the real monitor
|
||||
resolution of the displays on which the fonts will be used.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Applications requesting point sizes different from the six in the minimum
|
||||
set may obtain either ``scaled bitmapped'' fonts of the requested
|
||||
design, or scaled outline versions of the requested design.
|
||||
This behavior requires that the X server in question
|
||||
support the scaling of fonts and that the standard names
|
||||
are mapped to underlying fonts that can be scaled using
|
||||
this support.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Example XLFD Patterns for the Standard Names</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Using the specified field values for these standard names,
|
||||
subsets of the standard names can be represented with various XLFD patterns.
|
||||
The XLFD pattern
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>-dt-application-*
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>logically matches the full set of &str-Zx; Standard Application Font Names.
|
||||
(Note that no specific X server behavior is implied).
|
||||
The pattern
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>-dt-application-bold-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-p-*-*-*-
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>matches the bold, proportionally-spaced &str-XZ; fonts, both serif and sans
|
||||
serif.
|
||||
And the pattern
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-*-*-
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>matches the monospaced fonts (including both serif and sans serif).
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The full set of &str-XZ; Standard Application Font Names can be represented
|
||||
with the following patterns:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-bold-i-normal-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-bold-r-normal-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-i-normal-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-*-*-*-*-p-*-dtsymbol-1
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>Each of these 13 standard names comes in at least six point sizes.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Implementation of Font Names</Title>
|
||||
<Para>Each &str-XZ; system vendor and X server vendor
|
||||
provides mappings of
|
||||
their own fonts to XLFD names meeting this standard, so that &str-XZ;
|
||||
applications will work on their system.
|
||||
The actual XLFD names will
|
||||
vary from system to system, just as the fonts they are mapped to,
|
||||
since they contain some of the same values as the XLFD name of the
|
||||
underlying font.
|
||||
What does not vary is the behavior:
|
||||
the common
|
||||
patterns in which only specified fields are used will match each
|
||||
system's standard names.
|
||||
This is guaranteed by the field specifications given earlier.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The following requirements are placed on
|
||||
each &str-XZ; or X server vendor's
|
||||
implementation of the Standard Application Font Names:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<ItemizedList>
|
||||
<!-- merged from xo+cde-->
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The names must be fully specified XLFD names, without wild cards.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">SLANT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">SETWIDTH_NAME</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">SPACING</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</SystemItem> fields must contain valid values as defined previously
|
||||
and must match those in the underlying font.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</SystemItem> field must contain either the
|
||||
<Literal>serif</Literal> or
|
||||
<Literal>sans</Literal> designation, whichever matches the underlying font.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</ItemizedList>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Default &str-XZ; Mappings for Latin-1 Locales</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The default mapping of these standard application font names for the
|
||||
ISO 8859
|
||||
locales is to the following standard X11R5 bitmapped fonts
|
||||
(the six minimum sizes are not shown explicitly in these patterns):
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-p-*-adobe-fontspecific
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>A system may provide a different
|
||||
mapping of these standard names as long as all 13 names map to fonts of
|
||||
the appropriate design and style and the required six point sizes are
|
||||
available.
|
||||
The system documentation must document the
|
||||
system-specific default mapping for the standard names.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Font Names in app-defaults Files</Title>
|
||||
<Para>An application can use a single
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> file to specify font resources and use it across all &str-XZ; systems.
|
||||
Since most of the fields (
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">FOUNDRY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">SLANT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">SETWIDTH_NAME</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">POINT_SIZE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">SPACING</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</SystemItem>) of the standard names are the same across different systems,
|
||||
these values can be used in the resource specification in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>app-defaults</Emphasis> file.
|
||||
However, other fields (
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">PIXEL_SIZE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">RESOLUTION_X</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">RESOLUTION_Y</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">AVERAGE_WIDTH</SystemItem>) may vary across
|
||||
systems, and so must be wild-carded in the resource specification.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>appOne*headFont: -dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-*-140-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
appOne*linkFont: -dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-*-100-*-*-p-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>might be used to specify some of AppOne's default font resource needs.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Other Character Sets in the Common Locales</title>
|
||||
<para>The standard application font names defined above can be used for locales other than the
|
||||
ISO 8859 character set with the following exceptions and differences. For the
|
||||
following locales, CDE guarantees that systems provide fonts with the following
|
||||
XLFD attribute values, and that they be accessible using these names.
|
||||
For full information on how vendors ship the fonts, and make such names
|
||||
usable with the appropriate font base name lists required for correct CDE
|
||||
support for internationalization, see the guidelines in the CDE
|
||||
Internationalization Programming Guide document.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Locales using ISO 8859-2, -3, -4, -5 (Cyrillic), -6 (Arabic), -7 (Greek), -8 (Hebrew):</para>
|
||||
<para>The same values for
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FOUNDRY</systemitem>,
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>,
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem>,
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem>,
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SET_WIDTH</systemitem>,
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem> and
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> as are used in this definition for the ISO 8859 locale.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Japanese locales:</para>
|
||||
<para>Two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
attribute (<literal>Gothic</literal> and <literal>Mincho</literal>) and two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
attribute (<literal>medium</literal> and <literal>bold</literal>) as well as
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem> (<literal>r</literal>),
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem> (<literal>*</literal>) and
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> (<literal>m</literal>).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Chinese (Taiwan) locales:</para>
|
||||
<para>Two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
attribute (<literal>Sung</literal> and <literal>Kai</literal>) and two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
attribute (<literal>medium</literal> and <literal>bold</literal>) as well as
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem> (<literal>r</literal>),
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem> (<literal>*</literal>) and
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> (<literal>m</literal>).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Chinese (PRC) locales:</para>
|
||||
<para>Two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem> attribute (<literal>Song</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>Kai</literal>) and two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem> attribute (<literal>medium</literal> and
|
||||
<literal>bold</literal>) as well as
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem> (<literal>r</literal>),
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem> (<literal>*</literal>) and
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> (<literal>m</literal>).</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Korean locales:</para>
|
||||
<para>Two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
attribute (<literal>Totum</literal> and <literal>Pathang</literal>) and two values for the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
attribute (<literal>medium</literal> and <literal>bold</literal>) as well as
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem> (<literal>r</literal>),
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem> (<literal>*</literal>) and
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> (<literal>m</literal>). Note that these names
|
||||
are unofficial, tentative romanizations of the
|
||||
two common font families in use in Korea; <literal>Totum</literal> corresponds to fonts typically
|
||||
shipped as Gothic, Kodig or Dotum and <literal>Pathang</literal> corresponds to fonts typically
|
||||
shipped as Myungjo or Myeongjo. The official roman names for these fonts
|
||||
are under review and may be changed in the future by the Korean
|
||||
government, and thus may change for CDE.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>In addition, to facilitate <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis> files that work under a variety of locales,
|
||||
CDE systems must provide an additional set of Standard Application Font Names where the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem> is <literal>application</literal>.
|
||||
These font names are identified by the
|
||||
presence of the following XLFD field values:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">FOUNDRY</systemitem> is <literal>dt</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem> is <literal>application</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem> is <literal>medium</literal> or <literal>bold</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem> is as appropriate (see above)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">SET_WIDTH</systemitem> is <literal>normal</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem> is <literal>*</literal>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> is as appropriate (see above)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</systemitem> is as appropriate
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para><systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</systemitem> is as appropriate
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>This set of names is mapped to an underlying font representing one of the
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAMES</systemitem> as listed above.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>For example, the XLFD names</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
-dt-mincho-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-jisx0208.1983-0
|
||||
-dt-application-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-jisx0208.1983-0
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>may both be mapped to
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
-ibm_aix-mincho-medium-r-normal--*-*-*-*-m-*-jisx0208.1983-0
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>This scheme allows application writers to create a XmFontList in a resource file as follows,
|
||||
without regard for a particular locale:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
*FontList:-dt-application-medium-r-normal-*-0-14-75-75-m-0-*-*:
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>and be assured that the font will be reasonable. Notice that specifying
|
||||
fonts this way not only disregards the selection of the Asian
|
||||
<systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>,
|
||||
but also the Latin <literal>serif</literal> or <literal>sans</literal> <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE</systemitem>
|
||||
field. The font selected
|
||||
will be the default.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtstyle;, &cdeman.dtterm;, &cdeman.DtStdInterfaceFontNames;</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>NOTES</Title>
|
||||
<Para>There is no requirement on a &str-XZ; system to implement these
|
||||
standard names in a particular way.
|
||||
Several mechanisms are possible:
|
||||
duplicate font files with altered naming attributes, X11R5 font
|
||||
aliases, or vendor-specific mechanisms.
|
||||
The only requirement is that
|
||||
an XLFD pattern, written with attributes taken from the set that define
|
||||
the standard names, can be successfully used to open a font with the
|
||||
Xlib function
|
||||
<Function>XLoadFont</Function>; and, specifically, the Xlib function
|
||||
<Function>XListFonts</Function> need NOT return the same XLFD names for the pattern on
|
||||
different &str-XZ; systems.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>&str-XZ; applications should, of course, be written to behave in a
|
||||
reasonable manner if these standard font names are not available on a
|
||||
particular X server.
|
||||
This is typically done in an X application by
|
||||
defaulting to the
|
||||
<Literal>fixed</Literal> and
|
||||
<Literal>variable</Literal> fonts.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 01:31:55-->
|
||||
447
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtStdInt.sgm
Normal file
447
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtStdInt.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtStdInt.sgm /main/12 1996/09/30 11:28:57 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<refentry id="CDEMX.MAN104.rsml.1">
|
||||
<refmeta><refentrytitle>DtStdInterfaceFontNames</refentrytitle><manvolnum>
|
||||
file formats</manvolnum></refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv><refname><Symbol>DtStdInterfaceFontNames</Symbol></refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>&str-XZ; Standard Interface Font Names</refpurpose></refnamediv>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>The &str-XZ; Standard
|
||||
Interface Font Names are a set of generic X Window
|
||||
System font names, needed by the &str-XZ; GUI itself, that are used for user
|
||||
interface elements such as button labels, window titles and text fields.
|
||||
These names, for seven sizes of two typefaces, must exist on all &str-XZ;
|
||||
systems, and they should be provided in any
|
||||
X server product on which &str-XZ; applications are expected to run.
|
||||
Seven sizes of a third typeface are recommended.
|
||||
They are typically mapped to existing fonts on the system
|
||||
using the font alias mechanism, although this method is not
|
||||
required.</para>
|
||||
<para>&str-XZ; 1.0 does not come with a common set of fonts on all systems,
|
||||
and it must be able to run on X servers and X terminals from non-&str-XZ;
|
||||
vendors if those vendors so desire. Therefore, there are a standard set of
|
||||
``generic'' font names and sizes that each &str-XZ; vendor makes available
|
||||
on their &str-XZ; systems and that X server vendors may make available
|
||||
on their X servers and terminals. The names map to existing fonts on
|
||||
each vendor's system and may vary from vendor to vendor.</para>
|
||||
<para>The &str-XZ; Standard Interface Font Names described here allow clients
|
||||
making up the &str-XZ; desktop, such as &cdeman.dtterm; and a single
|
||||
set of default fonts in their <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis> files, without
|
||||
concern for the system or X server on which &str-XZ; is running. (The &str-XZ;
|
||||
Standard Application Font Names, described in &cdeman.DtStdAppFontNames;,
|
||||
provide a similar mechanism for applications running on the &str-XZ; desktop.)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Background</title>
|
||||
<para>Interface fonts are designed by user interface experts for the narrow
|
||||
purpose of making the menus, labels and fields of a graphical user interface
|
||||
highly readable. They are usually finely hand-tuned bitmapped fonts, intended
|
||||
for use on visual displays only and not on printers, and many of the glyphs
|
||||
have been specially modified for this purpose. Interface fonts can be contrasted
|
||||
with application fonts, which are the fonts used within an application running
|
||||
on the &str-XZ; desktop. Interface fonts come in a restricted set of styles
|
||||
and are used for short strings of text, whereas application fonts usually
|
||||
come in a variety of designs, styles and weights and are used for emphasis,
|
||||
cross-references, section headers, and so forth.</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Rationale</title>
|
||||
<para>Common font names are required to prevent &str-XZ; clients such as &cdeman.dtterm; from needing different <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis>
|
||||
files on each system. In addition, any X server or X terminal vendor
|
||||
may ensure that the &str-XZ; desktop can run on their X server by mapping
|
||||
these standard names to fonts of the corresponding style on their individual
|
||||
X systems.</para>
|
||||
<para>Interface fonts are needed because of user interface and cognitive research
|
||||
that has examined the readability of various fonts on the display screens
|
||||
in use today and found that many fine adjustments (for example, for centering,
|
||||
baseline, height and alignment) must be made to characters in a font to make
|
||||
them clear, distinguishable and consistent when used for the interface objects
|
||||
of a GUI. And by using hand-tuned interface fonts for the GUI objects, the
|
||||
desktop can achieve a very clean, crisp visual appearance.</para>
|
||||
<para>Interface fonts are broken into 2 categories: system and user. Cognitive
|
||||
research has shown that this distinction is important for the usability and
|
||||
readability of GUIs. System fonts are those used when the system is presenting
|
||||
information to the user (for example, in buttons). User fonts are those used
|
||||
for text that a user enters into the system (for example, for a text field
|
||||
or terminal emulator).</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>XLFD Field Values for the Standard Interface Font Names</title>
|
||||
<para>These standard names are available using the X Window System XLFD font
|
||||
naming scheme. There are three aspects to the standard names:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>The <emphasis>underlying font</emphasis> on each system, or
|
||||
X server platform, to which a standard name is mapped, typically will
|
||||
be different on each system.</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The <emphasis>standard name</emphasis> itself,
|
||||
a full XLFD name mapped to the underlying font, may be different on each system
|
||||
in some of the XLFD fields. However, most of the fields are the same from
|
||||
system to system, allowing the <emphasis>patterns</emphasis> (described next)
|
||||
to be the same.</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The font resource <symbol role="Variable">pattern</symbol>
|
||||
containing the * wildcards, used in <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis>
|
||||
files, which will match the full XLFD name of the standard name, is the same
|
||||
across all systems, for a given use in an <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis>
|
||||
file.</para>
|
||||
</listitem></itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>Each &str-XZ; or X server vendor implementing this specification
|
||||
must provide full XLFD names for the standard names, mapped to system-dependent
|
||||
underlying fonts, so that the XLFD patterns used in &str-XZ; application <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis> files will always match one of the full XLFD names
|
||||
provided.</para>
|
||||
<para>The Standard Interface Font Names are identified by the presence of
|
||||
the following XLFD field name values:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">FOUNDRY</systemitem> is <literal>dt</literal></para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
is either <literal>interface system</literal> or <literal>interface user</literal>
|
||||
(there is a single space between the two words in each family name)</para>
|
||||
</listitem></itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>In addition, the other fields of the XLFD names defining the standard
|
||||
names are constrained as follows:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem> is either <literal>medium</literal> or <literal>bold</literal></para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem>
|
||||
is always <literal>r</literal></para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">SETWIDTH_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
is always <literal>normal</literal></para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem>
|
||||
is <literal>p</literal> or <literal>m</literal> (it must be <literal>m</literal>
|
||||
for <literal>interface user</literal> fonts, and should be <literal>p</literal>
|
||||
for <literal>interface system</literal> fonts, although <literal>m</literal>
|
||||
is acceptable)</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem>
|
||||
contains both a nominal size value in the range <literal>xxs</literal> to <literal>xxl</literal> (see below), as well as either <literal>sans</literal> for sans
|
||||
serif fonts or <literal>serif</literal> for serif, if appropriate for the
|
||||
underlying font</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The numeric fields ( <systemitem class="Constant">PIXEL_SIZE</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">POINT_SIZE</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">RESOLUTION_X</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">RESOLUTION_Y</systemitem>, and <systemitem class="Constant">AVERAGE_WIDTH</systemitem>) must contain the same values as the underlying font.</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para><systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</systemitem>
|
||||
and <systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</systemitem> are not specified;
|
||||
the standard names may be implemented for any &str-XZ; locale.</para>
|
||||
</listitem></itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>Although the <literal>sans</literal> and <literal>serif</literal> values
|
||||
in the <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field are
|
||||
not required by the XLFD font convention, they are always part of the &str-XZ;
|
||||
Standard Font Names when the underlying fonts are characterized as serif or
|
||||
sans serif. However, this document imposes no restriction on whether the interface
|
||||
fonts are serif or sans serif. The relevant attribute must be coded in the <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field. Thus, for example, the
|
||||
standard names for Japanese fonts, which are not characterized as being serif
|
||||
or sans serif, would not include this designation in the <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field.</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Restricted Set of Styles Available</title>
|
||||
<para>Unlike the Standard Application Font Names, only a limited set of styles
|
||||
is available in the Standard Interface Font Names. The styles available represent
|
||||
the minimum set currently considered necessary for the desktop GUI needs:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>a medium weight of an interface system font, preferably proportionally
|
||||
spaced (but mono-spaced is acceptable if appropriate for the locale)</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>a medium weight of an interface user font, always
|
||||
mono-spaced</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>a bold weight of an interface user font, always
|
||||
mono-spaced (the standard font names for this generic typeface are recommended
|
||||
if available for the targeted fonts and locale, but are not required)</para>
|
||||
</listitem></itemizedlist>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Named Set of Point Sizes Available</title>
|
||||
<para>In addition, the set of seven point sizes for each of the three styles
|
||||
that are part of this document are ``named'' point sizes, using string values
|
||||
in the <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field. Thus,
|
||||
XLFD patterns matching these names match a size based on the named size, not
|
||||
on a numeric size, even though the latter does exist in the XLFD name. These
|
||||
named sizes are used because the exact size of an interface font is less important
|
||||
than its nominal size, and implementation differences for the hand-tuned interface
|
||||
fonts do not allow common numeric point sizes to be assured across systems.
|
||||
The seven nominal sizes are as follows:</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>xxs</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>extra extra small</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>xs</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>extra small</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>small</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>m</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>medium</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>large</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>xl</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>extra large</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><literal>xxl</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>extra extra large</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
<para>The goal of these named sizes is to provide enough fonts so that both
|
||||
the variety of display monitor sizes and resolutions that &str-XZ; will run
|
||||
on, and the range of user preferences for comfortably reading button labels,
|
||||
window titles and so forth, can be accommodated in the GUI. Thus, both the
|
||||
smallest size, <literal>xxs</literal>, and the largest size, <literal>xxl</literal>, are meant to be reasonable sizes for displaying and viewing the &str-XZ;
|
||||
desktop on common displays and X terminals; they are not meant to imply either
|
||||
hard-to-read fine print or headline-sized display type.</para>
|
||||
<para>These named size values must occur first in the <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field, before any use of the values <literal>serif</literal> or <literal>sans</literal> (one of which is always required
|
||||
when the underlying font can be so characterized) and before any other additional
|
||||
stylistic attribute that might be appropriate. This is important when specifying
|
||||
wild-carded patterns in a resource specification for these fonts, since whether
|
||||
the underlying font these names are mapped to is serif or sans serif is not
|
||||
specified by &str-XZ;, and the match must work for all XLFD names provided
|
||||
by &str-XZ; system vendors or other X server vendors.</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Example XLFD Patterns for the Standard Names</title>
|
||||
<para>Using these values, the XLFD pattern</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-dt-interface*-*</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>logically matches the full set of &str-Zx; Standard Interface Font Names.
|
||||
(Note that no specific X server behavior is implied).</para>
|
||||
<para>The full set of 21 &str-XZ; Standard Interface Font Names can also be
|
||||
represented, in a more meaningful way, as follows:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-*-*-*-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>The full set of patterns, usable in <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis>
|
||||
files, for all seven sizes for the system font, for example, is:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>These patterns could be used in a resource file and will match the full &str-XZ;
|
||||
Standard Interface Names for Latin-1 locales on all &str-XZ;, or complying
|
||||
X server, systems.</para>
|
||||
<para>Note in these wild-carded XLFD names that the <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field has a pattern, such as <literal>xxs*</literal>,
|
||||
and that the pattern is partly a string ( <literal>xxs</literal>) and partly
|
||||
the pattern-matching character <literal>*</literal>. The full XLFD name this
|
||||
pattern matches—the XLFD name implementing the Standard Interface name—will
|
||||
often contain <literal>sans</literal> or <literal>serif</literal> in the field,
|
||||
after the <literal>xxs</literal> and a space, and so the <literal>*</literal>
|
||||
is essential to match that <literal>sans</literal> or <literal>serif</literal>
|
||||
string (and any additional style attribute string that might be in the underlying
|
||||
name). Note also that the <systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem>
|
||||
field is wild-carded in the pattern for the system font, since either <literal>p</literal> or <literal>m</literal> may appear in the standard name being
|
||||
matched.</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Implementation of Font Names</title>
|
||||
<para>Each &str-XZ; system vendor and X server vendor provides mappings
|
||||
of its own fonts to XLFD names as described by this document. The actual XLFD
|
||||
names will vary from system to system, just as the fonts they are mapped to,
|
||||
since they contain some of the same values as the XLFD name of the underlying
|
||||
font. What does not vary is the behavior: the common patterns in which only
|
||||
specified fields are used will match each system's standard names. This is
|
||||
guaranteed by the field specifications given earlier.</para>
|
||||
<para>There is no precise specification of how the named sizes <literal>xxs</literal> to <literal>xxl</literal> are mapped to sizes of underlying fonts
|
||||
in each system or X server product, although each size must be equal
|
||||
to or larger than the previous size. Nonetheless, some guidelines are appropriate.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Interface fonts have been developed because of human factors research
|
||||
on visual clarity of text on displays, and this has been done in the context
|
||||
of the display technology typically available today, mostly in the 100 dots
|
||||
per inch (DPI) range. That, and the use of standard point sizes (10, 12, 14,
|
||||
18) in the graphics arts, have resulted in the development in the industry
|
||||
of hand-tuned bitmapped fonts for a set of ``pixel heights'' that are likely
|
||||
to be used for these standard names. However, making the &str-XZ; desktop
|
||||
usable with a range of point sizes effectively means, in addition to legibility
|
||||
for the user, that the various &str-XZ; applications fit ``appropriately''
|
||||
on the screen using those point sizes. This means, for example, that two application
|
||||
windows can appear side by side on a typical display or that a certain number
|
||||
of buttons can appear across the screen.</para>
|
||||
<para>Thus, these guidelines are expressed not only in pixel sizes, to reflect
|
||||
current usage, but also in percentage of monitor height. This allows them
|
||||
to remain appropriate as technological evolution improves display resolution
|
||||
and monitor size (for example, wall-mounted monitors). The ideal set of sizes
|
||||
would form a linear progression from the smallest ( <literal>xxs</literal>)
|
||||
to the largest ( <literal>xxl</literal>), although this is not achievable.
|
||||
The basic guideline is that the <literal>xxs</literal> font should be, in
|
||||
pixels, no less than 0.9% of the height of the display resolution, in pixels;
|
||||
the <literal>xxl</literal> font should be no more than 2.6% of the height.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>As an approximate example that does not represent any existing mapping
|
||||
of fonts to a display, this table shows how the named sizes might map to real
|
||||
bitmapped fonts of a given pixel size, and how large those sizes are in percentage
|
||||
and point size terms:</para>
|
||||
<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
|
||||
<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="5.15in">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="84*">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="85*">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="136*">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colname="col4" colwidth="119*">
|
||||
<spanspec nameend="col4" namest="col1" spanname="1to4">
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" spanname="1to4" valign="top"><literal>Sample Range of
|
||||
Named Sizes on a 1280×1024 Display</literal></entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>named size</emphasis></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>number</emphasis> <emphasis>of
|
||||
pixels</emphasis></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>size as %</emphasis> <emphasis>of 1024 height</emphasis></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>point size on 100 DPI screen</emphasis></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>xxs</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">10</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">0.98%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">7.2</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>xs</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">12</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">1.12%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">8.7</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>s</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">14</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">1.37%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">10.1</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>m</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">17</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">1.66%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">12.3</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>l</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">20</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">1.95%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">14.6</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>xl</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">23</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">2.25%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">16.6</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>xxl</literal></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">26</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">2.54%</entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">18.8</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
|
||||
<para>Thus, the following requirements are placed on each implementation of
|
||||
the Standard Interface Font Names:</para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>The names must be fully specified XLFD names, without wild
|
||||
cards.</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The <systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">SETWIDTH_NAME</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</systemitem> and <systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</systemitem> fields must contain valid values as defined
|
||||
previously and must match those in the underlying font.</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> field must contain both a named size (for example, <literal>xxs</literal>) and, if appropriate, either the <literal>serif</literal> or <literal>sans</literal> designation, whichever matches the underlying font; any additional
|
||||
words about the style of the underlying font, if defined for the underlying
|
||||
font, must also be used. The named size must be first in the field, and must
|
||||
be separated from any following word in the field with a blank.</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The named sizes <literal>xxs</literal> through <literal>xxl</literal> must be mapped to fonts that are progressively larger than or
|
||||
equal to the previous one in the list. Thus, several standard names with adjacent
|
||||
sizes (for example, <literal>xxs</literal> and <literal>xs</literal>) may
|
||||
be mapped to the same font (for example, if there is not enough variety in
|
||||
sizes in the underlying fonts).</para>
|
||||
</listitem><listitem><para>The implemented names should attempt to meet the
|
||||
guidelines discussed in the previous paragraph and table.</para>
|
||||
</listitem></itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>For example, system A is assumed to be using the following sans serif
|
||||
font for the extra small system font:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-bitstream-swiss-medium-r-normal--11-90-85-85-p-81-iso8859-1
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>System B is using the following serif font for the extra small system
|
||||
font:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-vendorb-ersatz-medium-r-normal-Expert-8-80-75-75-m-72-iso8859-1
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>Their respective standard names would be implemented on their systems
|
||||
as:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs sans-11-90-85-85-p-81-iso8859-1
|
||||
-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs serif Expert-8-80-75-75-m-72-iso8859-1
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>Defined this way, both names will match the single XLFD pattern used
|
||||
in a common <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis> file:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Default &str-XZ; Mapping of the Standard Interface Font Names</title>
|
||||
<para>There is no default mapping of these interface names to X11R5 fonts;
|
||||
the mapping is implementation-specific.</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>USAGE</title>
|
||||
<para>A &str-XZ; desktop client developer will code a single <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis> file to specify font resources for their client and use it across
|
||||
all &str-XZ; systems. Since the <systemitem class="Constant">FOUNDRY</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">FAMILY_NAME</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">WEIGHT_NAME</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">SLANT</systemitem> and <systemitem class="Constant">SETWIDTH_NAME</systemitem> fields of the standard names are
|
||||
the same across different systems, these values can be used in the resource
|
||||
specification in the <emphasis>app-defaults</emphasis> file. However, other
|
||||
fields ( <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">PIXEL_SIZE</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">POINT_SIZE</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">RESOLUTION_X</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">RESOLUTION_Y</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">SPACING</systemitem> and <systemitem class="Constant">AVERAGE_WIDTH</systemitem>)
|
||||
will vary across systems, and so must be wild-carded in the resource specification
|
||||
( <systemitem class="Constant">ADD_STYLE_NAME</systemitem> is partially wild-carded).
|
||||
As was shown in the previous example:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>is an XLFD pattern, used in a single resource specification, that matches
|
||||
a single standard name on different &str-XZ; or X server platforms. (And
|
||||
if the last 2 fields, <systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_REGISTRY</systemitem>
|
||||
and <systemitem class="Constant">CHARSET_ENCODING</systemitem>, were wild-carded,
|
||||
then the pattern could work across locales as well.) Note that the named size
|
||||
( <literal>xs</literal> in this example) is part of the pattern, but the <literal>serif</literal>/ <literal>sans serif</literal> designation is not; this is
|
||||
required to obtain the desired nominal size (whatever it may be in the mapped
|
||||
font), while still matching either <literal>serif</literal> or <literal>sans serif</literal> in the standard name.</para>
|
||||
<para>Note that if a &str-XZ; desktop application tries to open a font using
|
||||
one of these standard names, and the X server does not know about these
|
||||
names, the application will usually fall back on using the <literal>fixed</literal> and <literal>variable</literal> font aliases that are typically
|
||||
provided in all X servers. When this happens, the &str-XZ; desktop will
|
||||
be more difficult to use, visually, than if its expected font names were available.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>NOTES</title>
|
||||
<para>There is no requirement on a &str-XZ; system or X server vendor
|
||||
to implement these standard names in a particular way. Several mechanisms
|
||||
are possible: duplicate font files with altered naming attributes, X11R5 font
|
||||
aliases, or vendor-specific mechanisms. The only requirement is that an XLFD
|
||||
pattern, written with attributes taken from the set that define the standard
|
||||
names, can be successfully used to open a font with the Xlib function <function>XLoadFont</function>; and, specifically, the Xlib function <function>XListFonts</function> need NOT return the same XLFD name for the pattern on different &str-XZ;
|
||||
or X server systems.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>&cdeman.dtstyle;, &cdeman.dtterm;, &cdeman.DtStdAppFontNames;</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
<?Pub *0000056959>
|
||||
72
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtTerm.sgm
Normal file
72
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtTerm.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtTerm.sgm /main/9 1996/10/08 20:06:10 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN79.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN79.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Dt/Term.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Dt/Term.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>terminal emulator definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- ** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- *************************************************************************-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Dt/Term.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Dt/Term.h</Filename> header defines structures, values and function prototypes for
|
||||
terminal emulator services.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
header declares the following variable:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>WidgetClass dtTermWidgetClass;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The following are declared as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Widget DtCreateTerm(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>,
|
||||
char <Emphasis>*name</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Arg <Emphasis>*arglist</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Cardinal <Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtTermInitialize(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtTermDisplaySend(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char <Emphasis>*buffer</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int length);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtTermSubprocSend(Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char <Emphasis>*buffer</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int length);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void DtTermSubprocReap(pid_t <Emphasis>pid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int *<Emphasis>stat_loc</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para><![ %CDE.C.CDE; [</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtCreateTerm;, &cdeman.DtTermDisplaySend;, &cdeman.DtTermInitialize;, &cdeman.DtTermSubprocReap;, &cdeman.DtTermSubprocSend;, &cdeman.dtterm;, &cdeman.dttermesc;. ]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
116
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtWsm.sgm
Normal file
116
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/DtWsm.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: DtWsm.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:00:25 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<refentry id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN80.rsml.1">]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN80.rsml.1">]]><refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>Dt/Wsm.h</refentrytitle><manvolnum>file formats</manvolnum>
|
||||
</refmeta><refnamediv><refname><Filename>Dt/Wsm.h</Filename></refname><refpurpose>
|
||||
workspace manager definitions</refpurpose></refnamediv><!-- CDE Common Source
|
||||
Format, Version 1.0.0--><!-- *************************************************************************--><!--
|
||||
** (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company--><!-- ** (c)
|
||||
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.--><!-- **
|
||||
(c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.--><!-- ** (c) Copyright
|
||||
1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.--><!-- *************************************************************************--><refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<synopsis>#include <Dt/Wsm.h></synopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv><refsect1>
|
||||
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
|
||||
<para>The <filename role="Header">Dt/Wsm.h</filename> header defines structures
|
||||
and function prototypes for workspace management services.</para>
|
||||
<para>The <structname role="typedef">DtWsmWorkspaceInfo</structname> structure
|
||||
contains at least the following members:</para>
|
||||
<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.10in">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="143*">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="150*">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="210*">
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>Atom</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>workspace</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">X atom name for the workspace</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>unsigned long</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>bg</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">Backdrop background pixel</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>unsigned long</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>fg</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">Backdrop foreground pixel</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>Atom</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>backdropName</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">X atom name for backdrop</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>int</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>colorSetId</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">Number of color set used</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>char</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>*pchTitle</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">Title of workspace</entry></row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>Window</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top"><computeroutput>backdropWindow</computeroutput></entry>
|
||||
<entry align="left" valign="top">The backdrop window for the current workspace</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
|
||||
<para>The <structname role="typedef">DtWsmCBContext</structname> structure
|
||||
is opaque. Workspace management functions that add callbacks to uniquely identify
|
||||
callback functions for later removal, return the <structname role="typedef">DtWsmCBContext</structname> structure.</para>
|
||||
<para>The header defines the following <structname role="typedef">DtWsmWsReason</structname> constants:</para>
|
||||
<informalexample remap="indent">
|
||||
<programlisting>DtWSM_REASON_ADD
|
||||
DtWSM_REASON_DELETE
|
||||
DtWSM_REASON_BACKDROP
|
||||
DtWSM_REASON_TITLE
|
||||
DtWSM_REASON_CURRENT</programlisting>
|
||||
</informalexample>
|
||||
<para>The header defines the following functions:</para>
|
||||
<synopsis>DtWsmCBContext
|
||||
DtWsmAddCurrentWorkspaceCallback(Widget <symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol>,
|
||||
DtWsmWsChangeProc <emphasis>ws_change</emphasis>,
|
||||
Pointer <symbol role="Variable">client_data</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>void DtWsmAddWorkspaceFunctions(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>void DtWsmRemoveWorkspaceFunctions(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>DtWsmCBContext
|
||||
DtWsmAddWorkspaceModifiedCallback(Widget <symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol>,
|
||||
DtWsmWsModifiedProc <emphasis>ws_change</emphasis>,
|
||||
Pointer <symbol role="Variable">client_data</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>void DtWsmRemoveWorkspaceCallback(DtWsmCBContext <symbol role="Variable">context</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>void DtWsmFreeWorkspaceInfo(DtWsmWorkspaceInfo *<emphasis>pWsInfo</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>Status DtWsmGetCurrentBackdropWindows(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">root</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>Status DtWsmGetCurrentWorkspace(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">root</symbol>,
|
||||
Atom *<emphasis>paWorkspace</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>Status DtWsmSetCurrentWorkspace(Widget <symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol>,
|
||||
Atom <emphasis>aWorkspace</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>Status DtWsmGetWorkspaceInfo(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">root</symbol>,
|
||||
Atom <emphasis>aWorkspace</emphasis>,
|
||||
DtWsmWorkspaceInfo **<emphasis>ppWsInfo</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>Status DtWsmGetWorkspaceList(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">root</symbol>,
|
||||
Atom **<emphasis>ppaWorkspaces</emphasis>,
|
||||
int *<emphasis>pNumWs</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>Status DtWsmGetWorkspacesOccupied(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>,
|
||||
Atom **<emphasis>ppaWorkspace</emphasis>,
|
||||
int *<emphasis>pNumWs</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>void DtWsmSetWorkspacesOccupied(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>,
|
||||
Atom *<emphasis>paWorkspaces</emphasis>,
|
||||
int <emphasis>numWs</emphasis>);</synopsis>
|
||||
<synopsis>void DtWsmOccupyAllWorkspaces(Display *<symbol role="Variable">display</symbol>,
|
||||
Window <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>);</synopsis>
|
||||
</refsect1><![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
|
||||
<para>&cdeman.DtWsmAddCurrentWorkspaceCallback;, &cdeman.DtWsmAddWorkspaceFunctions;, &cdeman.DtWsmAddWorkspaceModifiedCallback;, &cdeman.DtWsmFreeWorkspaceInfo;, &cdeman.DtWsmGetCurrentBackdropWindow;, &cdeman.DtWsmGetCurrentWorkspace;, &cdeman.DtWsmGetWorkspaceInfo;, &cdeman.DtWsmGetWorkspaceList;, &cdeman.DtWsmGetWorkspacesOccupied;, &cdeman.DtWsmOccupyAllWorkspaces;, &cdeman.DtWsmRemoveWorkspaceCallback;, &cdeman.DtWsmRemoveWorkspaceFunctions;, &cdeman.DtWsmSetCurrentWorkspace;, &cdeman.DtWsmSetWorkspacesOccupied;.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>]]></refentry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
<?Pub *0000036327>
|
||||
826
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/Tttt_c.sgm
Normal file
826
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/Tttt_c.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: Tttt_c.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:00:33 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![%CDE.C.CDE;[<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN80a.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![%CDE.C.XO;[<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN80a.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Tt/tt_c.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Tt/tt_c.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>ToolTalk definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Tt/tt_c.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Tt/tt_c.h</Filename> header includes
|
||||
<Literal>typedef</Literal>s for the following callback functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>typedef Tt_filter_action (*Tt_filter_function)(const char *<Emphasis>nodeid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>accumulator</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>typedef Tt_callback_action (*Tt_message_callback)(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<para>To enable developers to write multithreaded applications, the header defines
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
typedef enum tt_feature {
|
||||
_TT_FEATURE_MULTITHREADED = 1, // Thread-safety
|
||||
_TT_FEATURE_LAST // Enum end marker
|
||||
} Tt_feature;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>Note that the <systemitem class="constant">TT_FEATURE_MULTITHREADED</systemitem>
|
||||
value will be part of the <literal>libtt</literal> binary interface.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>These would be accessed by calling code with corresponding <literal>#define</literal> constants:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
#define TT_FEATURE_MULTITHREADED _TT_FEATURE_MULTITHREADED
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>in order that that calling code can then use <literal>cpp</literal>
|
||||
directives to control their use of features:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
#if defined(TT_FEATURE_MULTITHREADED)
|
||||
|
||||
....
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_VERSION</SystemItem> constant with the value 10200,
|
||||
indicating the version of the ToolTalk API.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">Tt_status</StructName> enumeration data type,
|
||||
with the following members and specific values:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef enum tt_status {
|
||||
TT_OK = 0,
|
||||
TT_WRN_NOTFOUND = 1,
|
||||
TT_WRN_STALE_OBJID = 2,
|
||||
TT_WRN_STOPPED = 3,
|
||||
TT_WRN_SAME_OBJID = 4,
|
||||
TT_WRN_START_MESSAGE = 5,
|
||||
TT_WRN_APPFIRST = 512,
|
||||
TT_WRN_LAST = 1024,
|
||||
TT_ERR_CLASS = 1025,
|
||||
TT_ERR_DBAVAIL = 1026,
|
||||
TT_ERR_DBEXIST = 1027,
|
||||
TT_ERR_FILE = 1028,
|
||||
TT_ERR_INVALID = 1029,
|
||||
TT_ERR_MODE = 1031,
|
||||
TT_ERR_ACCESS = 1032,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NOMP = 1033,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NOTHANDLER = 1034,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NUM = 1035,
|
||||
TT_ERR_OBJID = 1036,
|
||||
TT_ERR_OP = 1037,
|
||||
TT_ERR_OTYPE = 1038,
|
||||
TT_ERR_ADDRESS = 1039,
|
||||
TT_ERR_PATH = 1040,
|
||||
TT_ERR_POINTER = 1041,
|
||||
TT_ERR_PROCID = 1042,//The specified process identifier is out of date or invalid
|
||||
TT_ERR_PROPLEN = 1043,
|
||||
TT_ERR_PROPNAME = 1044,
|
||||
TT_ERR_PTYPE = 1045,
|
||||
TT_ERR_DISPOSITION = 1046,
|
||||
TT_ERR_SCOPE = 1047,
|
||||
TT_ERR_SESSION = 1048,
|
||||
TT_ERR_VTYPE = 1049,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NO_VALUE = 1050,
|
||||
TT_ERR_INTERNAL = 1051,
|
||||
TT_ERR_READONLY = 1052,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NO_MATCH = 1053,
|
||||
TT_ERR_UNIMP = 1054,
|
||||
TT_ERR_OVERFLOW = 1055,
|
||||
TT_ERR_PTYPE_START = 1056,
|
||||
TT_ERR_CATEGORY = 1057,
|
||||
TT_ERR_DBUPDATE = 1058,
|
||||
TT_ERR_DBFULL = 1059,
|
||||
TT_ERR_DBCONSIST = 1060,
|
||||
TT_ERR_STATE = 1061,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NOMEM = 1062,
|
||||
TT_ERR_SLOTNAME = 1063,
|
||||
TT_ERR_XDR = 1064,
|
||||
TT_ERR_NETFILE = 1065,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ = 1100,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EPERM = 1101,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOENT = 1102,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EINTR = 1104,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EIO = 1105,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EAGAIN = 1111,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOMEM = 1112,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EACCES = 1113,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EFAULT = 1114,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EEXIST = 1117,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENODEV = 1119,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOTDIR = 1120,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EISDIR = 1121,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EINVAL = 1122,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENFILE = 1123,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EMFILE = 1124,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ETXTBSY = 1126,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EFBIG = 1127,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOSPC = 1128,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EROFS = 1130,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EMLINK = 1131,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EPIPE = 1132,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOMSG = 1135,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EDEADLK = 1145,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ECANCELED = 1147,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOTSUP = 1148,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENODATA = 1161,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EPROTO = 1171,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ENOTEMPTY = 1193,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_ETIMEDOUT = 1245,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_EALREADY = 1249,
|
||||
TT_DESKTOP_UNMODIFIED = 1299,
|
||||
TT_MEDIA_ERR_SIZE = 1300,
|
||||
TT_MEDIA_ERR_FORMAT = 1301,
|
||||
TT_ERR_APPFIRST = 1536,
|
||||
TT_ERR_LAST = 2047,
|
||||
TT_STATUS_LAST = 2048
|
||||
} Tt_status;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>Specific values are required because they can be communicated between ToolTalk
|
||||
clients on different platforms, usually via
|
||||
&cdeman.tt.message.status.set; and
|
||||
&cdeman.tt.message.status;.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following enumeration data types,
|
||||
with at least the following members:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_filter_action</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FILTER_CONTINUE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FILTER_LAST</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FILTER_STOP</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_callback_action</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CALLBACK_CONTINUE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CALLBACK_LAST</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CALLBACK_PROCESSED</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_mode</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_IN</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_INOUT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_MODE_LAST</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_MODE_UNDEFINED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_OUT</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_scope</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_BOTH</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FILE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FILE_IN_SESSION</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_SCOPE_NONE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_SESSION</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_class</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CLASS_LAST</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CLASS_UNDEFINED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_NOTICE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_REQUEST</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_category</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CATEGORY_LAST</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CATEGORY_UNDEFINED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_HANDLE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_OBSERVE</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_address</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_ADDRESS_LAST</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_HANDLER</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_OBJECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_OTYPE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_PROCEDURE</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_disposition</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_DISCARD</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_QUEUE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_START</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tt_state</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_CREATED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FAILED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_HANDLED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_QUEUED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_REJECTED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_SENT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_STARTED</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_STATE_LAST</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The header defines the following as opaque data types:
|
||||
<StructName Role="typedef">Tt_message</StructName>, <StructName Role="typedef">Tt_pattern</StructName>.</Para>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_X_session(const char *<Emphasis>xdisplaystring</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_bcontext_join(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_bcontext_quit(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_close(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_context_join(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_context_quit(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_default_file(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_default_file_set(const char *<Emphasis>docid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_default_procid(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_default_procid_set(const char *<Emphasis>procid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_default_ptype(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_default_ptype_set(const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_default_session(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_default_session_set(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_error_int(Tt_status <Emphasis>ttrc</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void *tt_error_pointer(Tt_status <Emphasis>ttrc</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_fd(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_file_copy(const char *<Emphasis>oldfilepath</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>newfilepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_file_destroy(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_file_join(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_file_move(const char *<Emphasis>oldfilepath</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>newfilepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_file_netfile(const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">filename</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_file_objects_query(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_filter_function <Emphasis>filter</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>accumulator</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_file_quit(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void tt_free(caddr_t <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_host_file_netfile(const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">host</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">filename</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_host_netfile_file(const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">host</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>netfilename</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_icontext_join(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>, int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_icontext_quit(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>, int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_initial_session(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_int_error(int <Emphasis>return_val</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_is_err(Tt_status <Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>caddr_t tt_malloc(size_t <Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_mark(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_accept(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_address tt_message_address(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_address_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>, Tt_address <Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_add(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_bval(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char **<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Emphasis>len</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_bval_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>len</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_ival(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_ival_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_mode tt_message_arg_mode(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_arg_type(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_arg_val(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_val_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_xval(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void **<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_arg_xval_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_message_args_count(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_barg_add(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>len</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_bcontext_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_callback_add(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_message_callback <Emphasis>f</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_class tt_message_class(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_class_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_class <Emphasis>c</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_context_bval(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
unsigned char **<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Emphasis>len</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_context_ival(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_context_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_context_slotname(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_context_val(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_context_xval(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void **<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_message_contexts_count(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_message_create(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_message_create_super(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_destroy(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_disposition tt_message_disposition(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_disposition_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_disposition <Emphasis>r</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_fail(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_file(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_file_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>gid_t tt_message_gid(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_handler(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_handler_ptype(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_handler_ptype_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_handler_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>procid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_iarg_add(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_icontext_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_id(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_object(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_object_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_op(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_op_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opname</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_message_opnum(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_otype(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_otype_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_pattern tt_message_pattern(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_print(Tt_message *<Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_message_receive(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_reject(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_reply(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_scope tt_message_scope(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_scope_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_send(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_send_on_exit(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_sender(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_sender_ptype(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_sender_ptype_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_session(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_session_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_state tt_message_state(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_message_status(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_status_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_message_status_string(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_status_string_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>status_str</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>uid_t tt_message_uid(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void *tt_message_user(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">key</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_user_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">key</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>v</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_xarg_add(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_xcontext_join(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_message_xcontext_set(Tt_message <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_netfile_file(const char *<Emphasis>netfilename</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_objid_equal(const char *<Emphasis>objid1</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>objid2</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_objid_objkey(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_onotice_create(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_open(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_orequest_create(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_otype_base(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_otype_derived(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">i</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_otype_deriveds_count(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_mode tt_otype_hsig_arg_mode(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>arg</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_otype_hsig_arg_type(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>arg</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_otype_hsig_args_count(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_otype_hsig_count(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_otype_hsig_op(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_otype_is_derived(const char *<Emphasis>derivedotype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>baseotype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_otype_opnum_callback_add(const char *<Emphasis>otid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>opnum</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_message_callback <Emphasis>f</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_mode tt_otype_osig_arg_mode(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>arg</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_otype_osig_arg_type(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>arg</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_otype_osig_args_count(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_otype_osig_count(const char*<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_otype_osig_op(const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sig</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_address_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_address <Symbol Role="Variable">d</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_arg_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_barg_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>len</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_bcontext_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_callback_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_message_callback <Emphasis>f</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_category tt_pattern_category(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_category_set(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_category <Emphasis>c</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_class_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_class <Emphasis>c</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_context_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_pattern tt_pattern_create(void);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_destroy(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_disposition_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_disposition <Emphasis>r</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_file_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_iarg_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_icontext_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_object_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_op_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>opname</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_opnum_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>opnum</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_otype_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>otype</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_pattern_print(Tt_pattern *<Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_register(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_scope_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_sender_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>procid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_sender_ptype_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_session_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_state_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_state <Symbol Role="Variable">s</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_unregister(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void *tt_pattern_user(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">key</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_user_set(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">key</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>v</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_xarg_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>m</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_mode <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vtype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pattern_xcontext_add(Tt_pattern <Emphasis>p</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_pnotice_create(Tt_scope <Emphasis>scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_pointer_error(void *<Symbol Role="Variable">pointer</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tt_prequest_create(Tt_scope <Emphasis>scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_ptr_error(<Symbol Role="Variable">pointer</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_ptype_declare(const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_ptype_exists(const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_ptype_opnum_callback_add(const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>opnum</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_message_callback <Emphasis>f</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_ptype_undeclare(const char *<Emphasis>ptid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void tt_release(int <Emphasis>mark</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_bprop(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">i</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char **<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_bprop_add(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_bprop_set(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_join(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_session_prop(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">i</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_prop_add(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_session_prop_count(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_prop_set(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_session_propname(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_session_propnames_count(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_quit(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_session_types_load(const char *<Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">filename</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_bprop(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">i</Symbol>,
|
||||
unsigned char **<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_bprop_add(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_bprop_set(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_spec_create(const char *<Emphasis>filepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_destroy(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_spec_file(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_spec_move(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>newfilepath</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_spec_prop(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">i</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_prop_add(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_spec_prop_count(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_prop_set(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>propname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_spec_propname(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_spec_propnames_count(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_spec_type(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_type_set(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>otid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_spec_write(const char *<Emphasis>objid</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tt_status_message(Tt_status <Emphasis>ttrc</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int tt_trace_control(int <Emphasis>onoff</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tt_xcontext_quit(const char *<Emphasis>slotname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
xdrproc_t <Emphasis>xdr_proc</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
263
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/Tttttk.sgm
Normal file
263
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/Tttttk.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: Tttttk.sgm /main/6 1996/08/31 14:47:22 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCDI.MAN326.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCDI.MAN326.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>Tt/tttk.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>Tt/tttk.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>ToolTalk definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: Tttttk.sgm /main/6 1996/08/31 14:47:22 rws $-->
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <Tt/tttk.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">Tt/tttk.h</Filename> header defines the following enumeration data type,
|
||||
with at least the following members:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><StructName Role="typedef">Tttk_op</StructName></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_CREATED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_DELETED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_DO_COMMAND</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_ENVIRONMENT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_GEOMETRY</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_ICONIFIED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_LOCALE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_MAPPED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_MODIFIED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_SITUATION</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_STATUS</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_SYSINFO</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_GET_XINFO</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_LOWER</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_MODIFIED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_MOVED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_OP_LAST</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_OP_NONE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_PAUSE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_QUIT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_RAISE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_RESUME</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_REVERT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_REVERTED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SAVE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SAVED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_ENVIRONMENT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_GEOMETRY</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_ICONIFIED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_LOCALE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_MAPPED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_SITUATION</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SET_XINFO</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_SIGNAL</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_STARTED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_STATUS</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTDT_STOPPED</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_ABSTRACT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_COMPOSE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_DEPOSIT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_DISPLAY</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_EDIT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_INSTANTIATE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
]]><SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_INTERPRET</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_MAIL</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_MAIL_COMPOSE</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_MAIL_EDIT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_PRINT</SystemItem>,
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="Constant">TTME_TRANSLATE</SystemItem></Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following global
|
||||
string constants for some standard vtypes:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>extern const char *Tttk_boolean:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_file:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_height:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_integer:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_message_id:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_string:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_title:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_width:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_xoffset:
|
||||
extern const char *Tttk_yoffset:
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>int ttdt_Get_Modified(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>the_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtAppContext <Emphasis>app2run</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>ms_timeout</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_Revert(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>the_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtAppContext <Emphasis>app2run</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>ms_timeout</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_Save(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>the_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
XtAppContext <Emphasis>app2run</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>ms_timeout</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_close(const char *<Emphasis>procid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>new_procid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sendStopped</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_file_event(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tttk_op <Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_pattern *<Emphasis>patterns</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>send</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_pattern *ttdt_file_join(const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>the_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>join</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Ttdt_file_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>clientdata</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message ttdt_file_notice(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tttk_op <Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>send_and_destroy</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_file_quit(Tt_pattern *<Emphasis>patterns</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">quit</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message ttdt_file_request(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tttk_op <Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
Ttdt_file_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>send_and_destroy</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_pattern *ttdt_message_accept(Tt_message <Emphasis>contract</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Ttdt_contract_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>clientdata</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>accept</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sendStatus</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *ttdt_open(int *<Emphasis>ttfd</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>toolname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>vendor</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">version</Symbol>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>sendStarted</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_sender_imprint_on(const char *<Emphasis>handler</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_message <Emphasis>contract</Emphasis>,
|
||||
char **<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">height</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">xoffset</Symbol>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">yoffset</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtAppContext <Emphasis>app2run</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>ms_timeout</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_pattern *ttdt_session_join(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Ttdt_contract_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>clientdata</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>join</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttdt_session_quit(const char *<Emphasis>sessid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_pattern *<Emphasis>sess_pats</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">quit</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_pattern *ttdt_subcontract_manage(Tt_message <Emphasis>subcontract</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Ttdt_contract_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>clientdata</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttmedia_Deposit(Tt_message <Emphasis>load_contract</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>buffer_id</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>media_type</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Emphasis>new_contents</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>new_len</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtAppContext <Emphasis>app2run</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>ms_timeout</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message ttmedia_load(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
Ttmedia_load_msg_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>clientdata</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tttk_op <Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>media_type</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Emphasis>contents</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>len</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>docname</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>send</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message ttmedia_load_reply(Tt_message <Emphasis>contract</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const unsigned char *<Emphasis>new_contents</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>new_len</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>reply_and_destroy</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status ttmedia_ptype_declare(const char *<Emphasis>ptype</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>base_opnum</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Ttmedia_load_pat_cb <Emphasis>cb</Emphasis>,
|
||||
void *<Emphasis>clientdata</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>declare</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>void tttk_Xt_input_handler(XtPointer <Emphasis>procid</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int *<Symbol Role="Variable">source</Symbol>,
|
||||
XtInputId *<Emphasis>id</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tttk_block_while(XtAppContext <Emphasis>app2run</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const int *<Emphasis>blocked</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Emphasis>ms_timeout</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tttk_message_abandon(Tt_message <Emphasis>msg</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_message tttk_message_create(Tt_message <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_class <Emphasis>the_class</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_scope <Emphasis>the_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>handler</Emphasis>,
|
||||
const char *<Symbol Role="Variable">op</Symbol>,
|
||||
Tt_message_callback <Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tttk_message_destroy(Tt_message <Emphasis>msg</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tttk_message_fail(Tt_message <Emphasis>msg</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_status <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>status_string</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">destroy</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tt_status tttk_message_reject(Tt_message <Emphasis>msg</Emphasis>,
|
||||
Tt_status <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>,
|
||||
const char *<Emphasis>status_string</Emphasis>,
|
||||
int <Symbol Role="Variable">destroy</Symbol>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>char *tttk_op_string(Tttk_op <Emphasis>opcode</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Tttk_op tttk_string_op(const char *<Emphasis>opstring</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:18:47-->
|
||||
606
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/csacsa.sgm
Normal file
606
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/csacsa.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: csacsa.sgm /main/5 1996/09/08 20:00:44 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.MAN100.rsml.1">
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>csa/csa.h</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Filename>csa/csa.h</Filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>calendar and appointment services definitions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1994 X.400 API Association-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>#include <csa/csa.h>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Filename Role="Header">csa/csa.h</Filename> header defines the following data types through
|
||||
<Literal>typedef</Literal>:</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef short int CSA_sint16;
|
||||
typedef long int CSA_sint32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char CSA_uint8;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short int CSA_uint16;
|
||||
typedef unsigned long int CSA_uint32;
|
||||
typedef void * CSA_buffer;
|
||||
typedef CSA_uint32 CSA_entry_handle;
|
||||
typedef CSA_uint32 CSA_session_handle;
|
||||
typedef char * CSA_string;
|
||||
typedef CSA_string CSA_attribute_reference;
|
||||
typedef CSA_uint32 CSA_boolean;
|
||||
typedef CSA_string CSA_date_time;
|
||||
typedef CSA_string CSA_date_time_range;
|
||||
typedef CSA_sint32 CSA_enum;
|
||||
typedef CSA_uint32 CSA_flags;
|
||||
typedef CSA_uint32 CSA_return_code;
|
||||
typedef CSA_string CSA_service_reference;
|
||||
typedef CSA_string CSA_time_duration;
|
||||
#define CSA_FALSE ((CSA_boolean)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_TRUE ((CSA_boolean)1)
|
||||
/* EXTENSION FLAGS */
|
||||
#define CSA_EXT_REQUIRED ((CSA_flags)0x10000)
|
||||
#define CSA_EXT_OUTPUT ((CSA_flags)0x20000)
|
||||
#define CSA_EXT_LAST_ELEMENT ((CSA_flags)0x40000)
|
||||
/* CALENDAR USER TYPE */
|
||||
#define CSA_USER_TYPE_INDIVIDUAL ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_USER_TYPE_GROUP ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_USER_TYPE_RESOURCE ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
/* CLASSIFICATION
|
||||
#define CSA_CLASS_PUBLIC ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_CLASS_PRIVATE ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_CLASS_CONFIDENTIAL ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
/* ACCESS RIGHTS FLAGS */
|
||||
#define CSA_FREE_TIME_SEARCH ((CSA_flags)0x1)
|
||||
#define CSA_VIEW_PUBLIC_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x2)
|
||||
#define CSA_VIEW_CONFIDENTIAL_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x4)
|
||||
#define CSA_VIEW_PRIVATE_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x8)
|
||||
#define CSA_INSERT_PUBLIC_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x10)
|
||||
#define CSA_INSERT_CONFIDENTIAL_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x20)
|
||||
#define CSA_INSERT_PRIVATE_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x40)
|
||||
#define CSA_CHANGE_PUBLIC_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x80)
|
||||
#define CSA_CHANGE_CONFIDENTIAL_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x100)
|
||||
#define CSA_CHANGE_PRIVATE_ENTRIES ((CSA_flags)0x200)
|
||||
#define CSA_VIEW_CALENDAR_ATTRIBUTES ((CSA_flags)0x400)
|
||||
#define CSA_INSERT_CALENDAR_ATTRIBUTES ((CSA_flags)0x800)
|
||||
#define CSA_CHANGE_CALENDAR_ATTRIBUTES ((CSA_flags)0x1000)
|
||||
#define CSA_ORGANIZER_RIGHTS ((CSA_flags)0x2000)
|
||||
#define CSA_SPONSOR_RIGHTS ((CSA_flags)0x4000)
|
||||
#define CSA_OWNER_RIGHTS ((CSA_flags)0x8000)
|
||||
/* ATTENDEE PRIORITIES */
|
||||
#define CSA_FOR_YOUR_INFORMATION ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_ATTENDANCE_REQUESTED ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_ATTENDANCE_REQUIRED ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
#define CSA_IMMEDIATE_RESPONSE ((CSA_enum)3)
|
||||
/* ATTENDEE STATUS */
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_ACCEPTED ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_NEEDS_ACTION ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_SENT ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_TENTATIVE ((CSA_enum)3)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_CONFIRMED ((CSA_enum)4)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_REJECTED ((CSA_enum)5)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_COMPLETED ((CSA_enum)6)
|
||||
#define CSA_STATUS_DELEGATED ((CSA_enum)7)
|
||||
/* ATTRIBUTE VALUE TYPE */
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_BOOLEAN ((CSA_enum) 0)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_ENUMERATED ((CSA_enum) 1)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_FLAGS ((CSA_enum) 2)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_SINT32 ((CSA_enum) 3)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_UINT32 ((CSA_enum) 4)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_STRING ((CSA_enum) 5)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_CALENDAR_USER ((CSA_enum) 6)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_DATE_TIME ((CSA_enum) 7)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_DATE_TIME_RANGE ((CSA_enum) 8)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_TIME_DURATION ((CSA_enum) 9)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_ACCESS_LIST ((CSA_enum) 10)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_ATTENDEE_LIST ((CSA_enum) 11)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_DATE_TIME_LIST ((CSA_enum) 12)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_REMINDER ((CSA_enum) 13)
|
||||
#define CSA_VALUE_OPAQUE_DATA ((CSA_enum) 14)
|
||||
/* CROSS FUNCTION FLAGS */
|
||||
/* SCOPE */
|
||||
#define CSA_SCOPE_ALL ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_SCOPE_ONE ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_SCOPE_FORWARD ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
/* OPERATORS */
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_ANY ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_EQUAL_TO ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_NOT_EQUAL_TO ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_GREATER_THAN ((CSA_enum)3)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_LESS_THAN ((CSA_enum)4)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO ((CSA_enum)5)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO ((CSA_enum)6)
|
||||
#define CSA_MATCH_CONTAIN ((CSA_enum)7)
|
||||
#define CSA_LOOKUP_RESOLVE_PREFIX_SEARCH ((CSA_flags)0x1)
|
||||
#define CSA_LOOKUP_RESOLVE_IDENTITY ((CSA_flags)0x2)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_CHARACTER_SET ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_LINE_TERM ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_DEFAULT_SERVICE ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_DEFAULT_USER ((CSA_enum)3)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_REQ_PASSWORD ((CSA_enum)4)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_REQ_SERVICE ((CSA_enum)5)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_REQ_USER ((CSA_enum)6)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_UI_AVALI ((CSA_enum)7)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_VER_IMPLEM ((CSA_enum)8)
|
||||
#define CSA_CONFIG_VER_SPEC ((CSA_enum)9)
|
||||
/* CHARACTER SET IDENTIFIERS */
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_437 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET IBM 437//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_850 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET IBM 850//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_1252 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET Microsoft 1252//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_ISTRING "−//XAPIA//CHARSET Apple ISTRING//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_UNICODE "−//XAPIA//CHARSET UNICODE//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_T61 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET TSS T61//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_IA5 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET TSS IA5//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_ISO_10646 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET ISO 10646//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_ISO_646 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET ISO 646//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CHARSET_ISO_8859_1 "−//XAPIA//CHARSET ISO 8859−1//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CB_CALENDAR_LOGON ((CSA_flags)0x0
|
||||
#define CSA_CB_CALENDAR_DELETED ((CSA_flags)0x1)
|
||||
#define CSA_CB_CALENDAR_ATTRIBUTE_UPDATED ((CSA_flags)0x2)
|
||||
#define CSA_CB_ENTRY_ADDED ((CSA_flags)0x4)
|
||||
#define CSA_CB_ENTRY_DELETED ((CSA_flags)0x8)
|
||||
#define CSA_CB_ENTRY_UPDATED ((CSA_flags)0x10)
|
||||
/* Entry Types */
|
||||
#define CSA_TYPE_EVENT ((CSA_enum)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_TYPE_TODO ((CSA_enum)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_TYPE_MEMO ((CSA_enum)2)
|
||||
/* RETURN ERROR FLAGS */
|
||||
#define CSA_ERROR_RSV_MASK ((CSA_return_code)0x0000FFFF)
|
||||
#define CSA_ERROR_IMPL_MASK ((CSA_return_code)0xFFFF0000)
|
||||
/* RETURN CODES */
|
||||
#define CSA_SUCCESS ((CSA_return_code)0)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_AMBIGUOUS_USER ((CSA_return_code)1)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_CALENDAR_EXISTS ((CSA_return_code)2)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_CALENDAR_NOT_EXIST ((CSA_return_code)3)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_CALLBACK_NOT_REGISTERED ((CSA_return_code)4)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_DISK_FULL ((CSA_return_code)5)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_FAILURE ((CSA_return_code)6)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_FILE_EXIST ((CSA_return_code)7)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_FILE_NOT_EXIST ((CSA_return_code)8)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY ((CSA_return_code)9)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE ((CSA_return_code)10)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE ((CSA_return_code)11)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_CALENDAR_SERVICE ((CSA_return_code)12)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_CONFIGURATION ((CSA_return_code)13)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_DATA_EXT ((CSA_return_code)14)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_DATE_TIME ((CSA_return_code)15)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_ENTRY_HANDLE ((CSA_return_code)16)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_ENUM ((CSA_return_code)17)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_FILE_NAME ((CSA_return_code)18)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_FLAG ((CSA_return_code)19)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_FUNCTION_EXT ((CSA_return_code)20)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_MEMORY ((CSA_return_code)21)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_PARAMETER ((CSA_return_code)22)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_PASSWORD ((CSA_return_code)23)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_RETURN_CODE ((CSA_return_code)24)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_SESSION_HANDLE ((CSA_return_code)25)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_INVALID_USER ((CSA_return_code)26)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_LOCALE_MISMATCH ((CSA_return_code)27)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_LOGON_FAILURE ((CSA_return_code)28)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_NO_AUTHORITY ((CSA_return_code)29)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_NOT_SUPPORTED ((CSA_return_code)30)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_PASSWORD_REQUIRED ((CSA_return_code)31)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_READONLY ((CSA_return_code)32)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE ((CSA_return_code)33)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_TEXT_TOO_LARGE ((CSA_return_code)34)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_TOO_MANY_USERS ((CSA_return_code)35)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE ((CSA_return_code)36)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_ATTRIBUTE ((CSA_return_code)37)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_CHARACTER_SET ((CSA_return_code)38)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_DATA_EXT ((CSA_return_code)39)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_FLAG ((CSA_return_code)40)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION_EXT ((CSA_return_code)41)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_PARAMETER ((CSA_return_code)42)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION ((CSA_return_code)43)
|
||||
#define CSA_E_USER_NOT_FOUND ((CSA_return_code)44)
|
||||
/* CALENDAR ATTRIBUTES */
|
||||
/* CALENDAR ATTRIBUTE NAMES */
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_ACCESS_LIST \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Access List//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_CALENDAR_NAME \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Calendar Name//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_CALENDAR_OWNER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Calendar Owner//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_CALENDAR_SIZE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Calendar Size//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_CODE_PAGE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Character Set//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_COUNTRY \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Country//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_DATE_CREATED \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Date Created//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_LANGUAGE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Language//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_NUMBER_ENTRIES \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Number Entries//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_PRODUCT_IDENTIFIER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Product Identifier//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_TIME_ZONE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Time Zone//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_VERSION \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Version//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_CAL_ATTR_WORK_SCHEDULE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/CALATTR//NONSGML Work Schedule//EN"
|
||||
/* ENTRY ATTRIBUTES */
|
||||
/* ENTRY ATTRIBUTES NAMES */
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_ATTENDEE_LIST \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Attendee List//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_AUDIO_REMINDER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Audio Reminder//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_CLASSIFICATION \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Classification//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_DATE_COMPLETED \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Date Complated//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_DATE_CREATED \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Date Created//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_DESCRIPTION \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Description//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_DUE_DATE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Due Date//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_END_DATE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML End Date//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_EXCEPTION_DATES \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Exception Dates//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_EXCEPTION_RULE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Exception Rule//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_FLASHING_REMINDER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Flashing Reminder//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_LAST_UPDATE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Last Update//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_MAIL_REMINDER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Mail Reminder//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_NUMBER_RECURRENCES \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Number Recurrences//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_ORGANIZER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Organizer//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_POPUP_REMINDER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Popup Reminder//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_PRIORITY \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Priority//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_RECURRENCE_RULE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Recurrence Rule//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_RECURREING_DATES \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Recurring Dates//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_REFERENCE_IDENTIFIER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Reference_identifier//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_SEQUENCE_NUMBER \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Sequence Number//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_SPONSOR \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Sponsor//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_START_DATE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Start Date//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_STATUS \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Status//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_SUBTYPE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Subtype//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_SUMMARY \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Summary//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_TIME_TRANSPARENCY \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Transparency//EN"
|
||||
#define CSA_ENTRY_ATTR_TYPE \
|
||||
"−//XAPIA/CSA/ENTRYATTR//NONSGML Type//EN"
|
||||
/* COMMON EXTENSIONS DECLARATIONS */
|
||||
/* EXTENSION SET ID */
|
||||
/* Common Extension Set */
|
||||
#define CSA_XS_COM ((CSA_uint32) 0)
|
||||
/* Bilateral Extension Set */
|
||||
#define CSA_XS_BLT ((CSA_uint32) 256)
|
||||
/* FUNCTION EXTENSIONS */
|
||||
/* Query for extension support in implementation */
|
||||
#define CSA_X_COM_SUPPORT_EXT ((CSA_uint32) 1)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_COM_SUPPORTED ((CSA_flags) 1)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_COM_NOT_SUPPORTED ((CSA_flags) 2)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_COM_DATA_EXT_SUPPORTED ((CSA_flags) 4)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_COM_FUNC_EXT_SUPPORTED ((CSA_flags) 8)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_COM_SUP_EXCLUDE ((CSA_flags) 16)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_UI_ID_EXT ((CSA_uint32)2)
|
||||
/* EXTENSION FLAGS */
|
||||
#define CSA_X_LOGON_UI_ALLOWED ((CSA_flags)0x1)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_ERROR_UI_ALLOWED ((CSA_flags)0x2)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_LOOKUP_RESOLVE_UI ((CSA_flags)0x4)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_LOOKUP_DETAILS_UI ((CSA_flags)0x8)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_LOOKUP_ADDRESSING_UI ((CSA_flags)0x10)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_ADD_DEFINE_ENTRY_UI ((CSA_flags)0x20)
|
||||
/* EXTENSION RETURN CODES */
|
||||
#define CSA_X_E_INVALID_UI_ID ((CSA_return_code)1025)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_E_LOGON_FAILURE ((CSA_return_code)1026)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_E_USER_CANCEL ((CSA_return_code)1027)
|
||||
#define CSA_X_XT_APP_CONTEXT_EXT ((CSA_uint32)3)
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following structures:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing>typedef struct CSA_TAG_EXTENSION {
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>item_code</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>item_data</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_buffer <Emphasis>item_reference</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_flags <Emphasis>extension_flags</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_extension;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_CALENDAR_USER {
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>user_name</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>user_type</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>calendar_address</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>calendar_user_extensions</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_calendar_user;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_ACCESS_RIGHTS {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_flags <Emphasis>rights</Emphasis>;
|
||||
struct CSA_TAG_ACCESS_RIGHTS *<Symbol Role="Variable">next</Symbol>;
|
||||
} CSA_access_rights, *CSA_access_list;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_ATTENDEE {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user <Emphasis>attendee</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>priority</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_enum <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
|
||||
CSA_boolean <Emphasis>rsvp_requested</Emphasis>;
|
||||
struct CSA_TAG_ATTENDEE *<Symbol Role="Variable">next</Symbol>;
|
||||
} CSA_attendee, *CSA_attendee_list;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_OPAQUE_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol>;
|
||||
CSA_uint8 *<Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol>;
|
||||
} CSA_opaque_data;
|
||||
typedef void (*CSA_callback)(
|
||||
CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_flags <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_buffer <Symbol Role="Variable">call_data</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_buffer <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>callback_extensions</Emphasis>
|
||||
);
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_LOGON_CB_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_logon_callback_data;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_CALENDAR_DELETED_CB_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_calendar_deleted_callback_data;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_CALENDAR_ATTR_UPDATE_CB_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference *<Emphasis>attribute_names</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_calendar_attr_update_callback_data;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_ADD_ENTRY_CB_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_opaque_data <Emphasis>added_entry_id</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_add_entry_callback_data;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_DELETE_ENTRY_CB_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_opaque_data <Emphasis>deleted_entry_id</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>scope</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>date_and_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_delete_entry_callback_data;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_UPDATE_ENTRY_CB_DATA {
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_opaque_data <Emphasis>old_entry_id</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_opaque_data <Emphasis>new_entry_id</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>scope</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>date_and_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_update_entry_callback_data;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_DATE_TIME_ITEM {
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>date_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
struct CSA_TAG_DATE_TIME_ITEM *<Symbol Role="Variable">next</Symbol>;
|
||||
} CSA_date_time_entry, *CSA_date_time_list;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_FREE_TIME {
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_free_time_data</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time_range *<Emphasis>free_time_data</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_free_time;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_REMINDER {
|
||||
CSA_time_duration <Emphasis>lead_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_time_duration <Emphasis>snooze_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>repeat_count</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_opaque_data <Emphasis>reminder_data</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_reminder;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_REMINDER_REFERENCE {
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>run_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_time_duration <Emphasis>snooze_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>repeat_count</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference <Emphasis>attribute_name</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_reminder_reference;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_ATTRIBUTE_ITEM {
|
||||
CSA_enum <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
CSA_boolean <Emphasis>boolean_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>enumerated_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_flags <Emphasis>flags_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_sint32 <Emphasis>sint32_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>uint32_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user <Emphasis>calendar_user_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>date_time_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time_range <Emphasis>date_time_range_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_time_duration <Emphasis>time_duration_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>string_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_attendee_list <Emphasis>attendee_list_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time_list <Emphasis>date_time_list_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_access_list <Emphasis>access_list_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_reminder *<Emphasis>reminder_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_opaque_data *<Emphasis>opaque_data_value</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} item;
|
||||
} CSA_attribute_value;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_ATTRIBUTE {
|
||||
CSA_string <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>;
|
||||
CSA_attribute_value *<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>attribute_extensions</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_attribute;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_WORK_SCHEDULE {
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>schedule_begin_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_boolean <Emphasis>cyclic_definition_flag</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>cycle_end_time</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_date_time_list *<Emphasis>work_cycle</Emphasis>;
|
||||
} CSA_work_schedule;
|
||||
typedef struct CSA_TAG_XCOM {
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>item_code</Emphasis>;
|
||||
CSA_flags <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
|
||||
} CSA_X_COM_support;
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The header declares the following as functions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_add_calendar(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>calendar_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>add_calendar_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_add_entry(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>entry_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle *<Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>add_entry_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_call_callbacks(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_flags <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>call_callbacks_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_delete_calendar(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>delete_calendar_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_delete_entry(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>delete_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>delete_entry_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_free(CSA_buffer <Emphasis>memory</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_free_time_search(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_date_time_range <Emphasis>date_time_range</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_time_duration <Emphasis>time_duration</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_users</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>calendar_users</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_free_time **<Emphasis>free_time</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>free_time_search_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_list_calendar_attributes(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference **<Emphasis>calendar_attributes_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>list_calendar_attributes_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_list_calendars(CSA_service_reference <Emphasis>calendar_service</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user **<Emphasis>calendar_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>list_calendars_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_list_entries(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>entry_attributes</Emphasis>
|
||||
CSA_enum *<Emphasis>list_operators</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_entries</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle **<Emphasis>entries</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>list_entries_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_list_entry_attributes(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference **<Emphasis>entry_attributes_names</Emphasis>
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>list_entry_attributes_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_list_entry_sequence(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_date_time_range <Emphasis>time_range</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_entries</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle **<Emphasis>entry_list</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>list_entry_sequence_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_logoff(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>logoff_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_logon(CSA_service_reference <Emphasis>calendar_service</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>user</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>password</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>character_set</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>required_csa_version</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_session_handle *<Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>logon_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_look_up(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user *<Emphasis>users</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_flags <Emphasis>look_up_flags</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_users</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_calendar_user **<Emphasis>user_list</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>look_up_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_query_configuration(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_enum <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_buffer *<Emphasis>reference</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>query_configuration_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_read_calendar_attributes(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference *<Emphasis>attribute_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute **<Emphasis>calendar_attributes</Emphasis>
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>read_calendar_attributes_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_read_entry_attributes(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference *<Emphasis>attribute_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute **<Emphasis>entry_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>read_entry_attributes_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_read_next_reminder(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute_reference *<Emphasis>reminder_names</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_date_time <Emphasis>given_time</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 *<Emphasis>number_reminders</Emphasis>
|
||||
CSA_reminder_reference **<Emphasis>reminder_references</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>read_next_reminder_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_register_callback(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_flags <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_callback <Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_buffer <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>register_callback_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_restore(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>archive_name</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_enum *<Emphasis>operators</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>restore_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_save(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_string <Emphasis>archive_name</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_enum *<Emphasis>operators</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_boolean <Emphasis>delete_entry</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>save_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_unregister_callback(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_flags <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_callback <Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_buffer <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>unregister_callback_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_update_calendar_attributes(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>calendar_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>update_calendar_attributes_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
<Synopsis>CSA_return_code csa_update_entry_attributes(CSA_session_handle <Emphasis>session</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>,
|
||||
CSA_enum <Emphasis>update_scope</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_boolean <Emphasis>update_propagation</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_uint32 <Emphasis>number_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_attribute *<Emphasis>entry_attributes</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_entry_handle *<Emphasis>new_entry</Emphasis>,
|
||||
CSA_extension *<Emphasis>update_entry_attributes_extensions</Emphasis>);
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 01:31:55-->
|
||||
75
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtactact.sgm
Normal file
75
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtactact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtactact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:52:16 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN81.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN81.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtactionaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtactionaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; action management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtcreate [file]
|
||||
ReloadActions
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Action Creation Services support the following
|
||||
action management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtcreate</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an empty view of the desktop action and data type editor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtcreate</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the desktop action and data type editor
|
||||
and load the action and data type description file
|
||||
named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
The description file must have been previously created
|
||||
by the desktop action and data type editor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>ReloadActions</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Reload the database of desktop actions.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
64
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtappact.sgm
Normal file
64
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtappact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtappact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:52:27 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN82.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN82.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtappaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtappaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; application management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtappmgr
|
||||
ReloadApps
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Application Integration Services support the following
|
||||
application management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtappmgr</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the Application Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>ReloadApps</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Reload the database of action and data types,
|
||||
update the Application Manager and update the index of help information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
91
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtbuiact.sgm
Normal file
91
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtbuiact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtbuiact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:52:36 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN83.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN83.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtbuilderaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtbuilderaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; application builder actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtbuilder [<Emphasis>component</Emphasis>]
|
||||
Dtcodegen [<Emphasis>component</Emphasis>]
|
||||
Open <Emphasis>component</Emphasis>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Application Builder Services support the following
|
||||
application builder actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtbuilder</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an empty application builder view.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtbuilder</Literal> <Emphasis>component</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an application builder view of the module or project
|
||||
named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>component</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtcodegen</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Prompt the user for the pathname of a project
|
||||
and generate code for the project specified by the user.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtcodegen</Literal> <Emphasis>component</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Generate code for the project named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>component</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Emphasis>component</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an application builder view of the module or project
|
||||
named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>component</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
94
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtcalact.sgm
Normal file
94
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtcalact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtcalact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:52:47 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN85.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN85.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtcalendaraction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtcalendaraction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; calendar and appointment management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtcm
|
||||
DtcmEdit <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis>
|
||||
DtcmInsert <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis>
|
||||
Open <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis>
|
||||
Insert <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Calendar and Appointment Services support the following
|
||||
calendar and appointment management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtcm</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the user's default calendar.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>DtcmEdit</Literal> <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Edit the appointment named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>DtcmInsert</Literal> <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Insert the appointment named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis> argument into the user's default calendar.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Edit the appointment named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Insert</Literal> <Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Insert the appointment named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis> argument into the user's default calendar.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>All
|
||||
<Emphasis>appointment</Emphasis>s are text files including calendar entries defined in
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<Emphasis>dtcm_entry</Emphasis>4]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [<XRef Linkend="XCSA.M4DEN.anch.1" Role="3">]]>.</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
55
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtclcact.sgm
Normal file
55
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtclcact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtclcact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:52:58 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN84.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN84.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtcalcaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtcalcaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; calculator actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtcalc
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Action Creation Services support the following
|
||||
calculator actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtcalc</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the desktop calculator tool.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
676
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtenvvar.sgm
Normal file
676
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtenvvar.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtenvvar.sgm /main/12 1996/09/30 11:29:12 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.MAN101.rsml.1">
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtenvvar</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtenvvar</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>CDE environment variables
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The CDE desktop sets up and uses a number of environment variables to
|
||||
find certain files and do certain things. Components tied into CDE then
|
||||
use these environment variables to locate specific types of files.
|
||||
Environment variables used within the CDE desktop are:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>CEPATH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by ToolTalk when in Classing Engine mode, where the Classing
|
||||
Engine where to find the databases.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; and
|
||||
&cdeman.tt.type.comp; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">COLUMNS</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set by the terminal emulator.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DISPLAY</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the associated display name.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; and
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTAPPSEARCHPATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to search for Application Manager applications.
|
||||
Refer
|
||||
to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtappgather; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more
|
||||
information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTDATABASESEARCHPATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to collect filetype and action definitions, as expressed in
|
||||
<Literal>*.dt</Literal> files.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath;, &cdeman.dtaction;, &cdeman.dtactionfile;, and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtdtsfile; for
|
||||
more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTHELPSEARCHPATH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>System specified variable used to locate desktop help files.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dthelpgen; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTHELPUSERSEARCHPATH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>User specified variable used to locate desktop help files.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dthelpgen; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTINFOLIBSEARCHPATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by <command>dtinfo</command> to locate information libraries on
|
||||
local and remote mounted systems. Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; and &cdeman.dtinfogen; for
|
||||
more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTINFOLIBDEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by <command>dtinfo</command> to identify the default
|
||||
information library(s) to load if the <literal>-l</literal> or
|
||||
<literal>-sect</literal> option is not specified. Multiple information
|
||||
libraries can be specified by a comma separated list. By default,
|
||||
<systemitem class="environvar">DTINFOLIBDEFAULT</systemitem>
|
||||
is initialized to the CDE infolib cde.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTMOUNTPOINT</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to set the name of the file system's mount point, such as '/nfs'
|
||||
or '/net'.
|
||||
Refer to &cdeman.dtspcd; and &cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more
|
||||
information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTPRINTCWD</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If set to an existing, usable directory, this setting
|
||||
causes
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; to execute the
|
||||
<Literal>lp</Literal> command pipeline from that
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
By default, this setting uses the current directory
|
||||
from which
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; is invoked.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTPRINTFILEREMOVE</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Remove the file after printing it.
|
||||
This functionality is intended for temporary files generated by
|
||||
components such as the Text Editor and Help system files that
|
||||
don't need to persist beyond the act of printing.
|
||||
Value must be <SystemItem Class="Constant">True</SystemItem>
|
||||
or <SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem> (case is ignored).
|
||||
Default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem>.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTPRINTSILENT</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print the file silently, without posting the PRINT dialog.
|
||||
Value must be <SystemItem Class="Constant">True</SystemItem>
|
||||
or <SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem> (case is ignored).
|
||||
Default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem>.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTPRINTUSERFILENAME</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Use this value as the name of file as it should appear in the
|
||||
PRINT dialog.
|
||||
Default is print_file.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSCREENSAVERLIST</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to set the default desktop screen saver
|
||||
action list.
|
||||
Used by
|
||||
&cdeman.dtstyle; to determine the list
|
||||
of available screen savers.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtstyle; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPSYSAPPHOSTS</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by system administrators as an input to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; to
|
||||
create the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTAPPSEARCHPATH</SystemItem> environment variable.
|
||||
It is the primary
|
||||
environment variable and drives the remaining search paths for
|
||||
filetypes and actions, for desktop icons, and for help files.
|
||||
Refer
|
||||
to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtappgather; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more
|
||||
information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPSYSDATABASEHOSTS</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by system administrators as an input to <Command>dtsearchpath</Command> to
|
||||
create the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTDATABASESEARCHPATH</SystemItem> environment variable.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPSYSHELP</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by system administrators as an input to <Command>dtsearchpath</Command> to
|
||||
create the
|
||||
<Emphasis>DTHELPSEARCHPATH</Emphasis> environment variable.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPSYSICON</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by system administrators as an input to <Command>dtsearchpath</Command> to
|
||||
create the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XMICONSEARCHPATH</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<Emphasis>XMICONBMSEARCHPATH</Emphasis> environment varables.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for
|
||||
more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPUSERAPPHOSTS</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by end users as an input to
|
||||
<Command>dtsearchpath</Command> to create the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTAPPSEARCHPATH</SystemItem> environment variable.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtappgather; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPUSERDATABASEHOSTS</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by end users as an input to <Command>dtsearchpath</Command> to
|
||||
create the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTDATABASESEARCHPATH</SystemItem> environment variable.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPUSERHELP</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by end users as an input to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; to
|
||||
create the
|
||||
<Emphasis>DTHELPSEARCHPATH</Emphasis> environment variable.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
<Command>dtsearchpath</Command> for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>DTSPUSERICON</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by end users as an input to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; to create the
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XMICONSEARCHPATH</SystemItem> and
|
||||
<Emphasis>XMICONBMSEARCHPATH</Emphasis> environment variables.
|
||||
Refer
|
||||
to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><systemitem class="environvar">DTSROCFPATH</systemitem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by the <function>DtSearchInit</function> function to locate the
|
||||
default API configuration <filename>ocf</filename> file. If the
|
||||
<symbol role="Variable">ocf_file</symbol> argument is NULL,
|
||||
<function>DtSearchInit</function> looks for an <filename>ocf</filename>
|
||||
file with a base name of either <filename>dtsearch.ocf</filename> or
|
||||
<filename>austext.ocf</filename> in the directory specified by
|
||||
<systemitem class="environvar">DTSROCFPATH</systemitem>, in the current
|
||||
working directory, or in the <systemitem class="environvar">HOME</systemitem> directory, in that order.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTTAGOPT</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by
|
||||
&cdeman.dthelptag;. Refer
|
||||
to
|
||||
&cdeman.dthelptag; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">DTUSERSESSION</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to control the location of the end user's subdirectory where the
|
||||
Application Manager will be rooted.
|
||||
Also used by the Help system to
|
||||
store data on a per user-session-display basis.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtappgather; or
|
||||
&cdeman.dthelpview; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>EDITOR</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/bin/dtpad</Filename> Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">HOME</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the home directory of the user.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtmail; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>KBD_LANG</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the value of
|
||||
<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">LANG</SystemItem> for applicable languages.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">LANG</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the current NLS language (if any).
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>LC_ALL</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the current NLS language (if any).
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>LC_MESSAGES</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the current NLS language (if any).
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">LINES</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set by the terminal emulator.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">LOGNAME</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the user name.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">LPDEST</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set the printer destination for the file.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlp; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>MAIL</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/mail/$USER</Filename> (system dependent).
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">MAILRC</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by
|
||||
&cdeman.dtmail; as the mailer's startup file.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtmail; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>MANPATH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; utility appends <Filename>/usr/dt/man</Filename> to it.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">NLSPATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Determine the location of message catalogues for the processing of
|
||||
<Emphasis>LC_MESSAGES</Emphasis>. Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">PATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the value of the
|
||||
<Literal>userPath</Literal> resource.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">SHELL</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the user's default shell (from
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/passwd</Filename>). Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>TERM</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to
|
||||
<Command>dtterm</Command> the default CDE terminal emulator.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>TERMINAL_EMULATOR</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set by the terminal emulator.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm;) for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>TTPATH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by ToolTalk.
|
||||
It tells ToolTalk where to find the ToolTalk
|
||||
types database when in XDR mode.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>TTSESSION_CMD</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This specifies the shell command to be used by all ToolTalk clients
|
||||
for auto-starting
|
||||
<Command>ttsession</Command>. Refer to &cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>TT_ARG_TRACE_WIDTH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used by ToolTalk.
|
||||
It specifies the number of bytes of argument
|
||||
and context values to write when in trace mode.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_FILE</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set by
|
||||
<Command>ttsession</Command> when it invokes a tool to recieve a message.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">TT_SESSION</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>The
|
||||
<Command>ttsession</Command> utility uses this varible to communicate its session ID
|
||||
to the tools that it starts.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term>TT_TOKEN</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to inform the ToolTalk client library that it has been invoked
|
||||
by <Command>ttsession</Command>.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.ttsession; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>TT_TRACE_SCRIPT</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>If set, tells libtt to turn on client-side tracing as specified in the
|
||||
trace script
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.tttrace; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">TZ</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the value of the
|
||||
<Literal>timeZone</Literal> resource or system default.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">USER</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Is set to the user name.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>WINDOWID</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Set by the terminal emulator.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Specifies the name of a directory that contains application
|
||||
specific resources.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtwm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>XAUTHORITY</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>May be set to an authority file.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtlogin; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XENVIRONMENT</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Specifies the name of a resource file with user- or machine
|
||||
specific resources.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtwm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XFILESEARCHPATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Defines a language-dependent location of app-defaults.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; and
|
||||
&cdeman.dtwm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XMICONSEARCHPATH</SystemItem></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to locate desktop icons.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>XMICONBMSEARCHPATH</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Used to locate bitmap (2 color) desktop icons.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsearchpath; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Emphasis>XMODIFIER</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Specifies which input method to use.
|
||||
Refer to
|
||||
&cdeman.dtterm; for more information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, &cdeman.dtactionfile;, &cdeman.dtappgather;, &cdeman.dtappintegrate;, &cdeman.dtcm;, &cdeman.dthelpgen;, &cdeman.dthelptag;, &cdeman.dthelpview;, &cdeman.dtlogin;, &cdeman.dtlp;, &cdeman.dtsearchpath;, &cdeman.dtspcd;, &cdeman.dtstyle;, &cdeman.dtterm;, &cdeman.dtdtsfile;, &cdeman.dtwm;, &cdeman.tt.type.comp;, &cdeman.ttsession;, &cdeman.tttrace;.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 01:31:55-->
|
||||
112
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtfilact.sgm
Normal file
112
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtfilact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtfilact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:53:24 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN86.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN86.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtfileaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtfileaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; file management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtfile [<Emphasis>directory</Emphasis>]
|
||||
DtfileHome
|
||||
Open <Emphasis>directory</Emphasis>
|
||||
Open <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
Print <Emphasis>directory</Emphasis>
|
||||
Print <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; File Management Services support the following
|
||||
file management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtfile</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Prompt the user for the pathname of a directory
|
||||
and open a folder view of the directory specified by the user.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtfile</Literal> <Emphasis>directory</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a folder view of the directory named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>directory</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>DtfileHome</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a folder view of the user's home directory.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Emphasis>directory</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a folder view of the directory named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>directory</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open the file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
(The nature of the Open action is dependent on
|
||||
the type of file.)
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol> <Emphasis>directory</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print a listing of the directory named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>directory</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print the file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
(The nature of the Print action is dependent on
|
||||
the type of file.)
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
389
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtfilsys.sgm
Normal file
389
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtfilsys.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtfilsys.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 20:01:04 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.MAN102.rsml.1">
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtfilsys</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtfilsys</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>CDE file system; directory tree structure
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The CDE file system is divided into three parts: the root system,
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt</Filename>, the configuration directory,
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt</Filename>, and the temporary directory,
|
||||
<Filename>/var/dt.</Filename> The root system,
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt</Filename>, is a read-only directory.
|
||||
It contains all the files
|
||||
that comprise the CDE.
|
||||
The configuration directory,
|
||||
<Filename>/etc/dt</Filename>, is the directory
|
||||
CDE applications will search to locate configuration files that have
|
||||
been modified by the system administrator.
|
||||
Default versions of these
|
||||
configuration files are typically located in
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt</Filename>. The temporary directory,
|
||||
<Filename>/var/dt</Filename>, contains temporary information or information that varies
|
||||
in size and existence.
|
||||
Below is a diagram of the directory tree structure for CDE.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<InformalExample Remap="indent">
|
||||
<ProgramListing> /etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/<Lang>
|
||||
/help/<Lang>
|
||||
/icons/<Lang>
|
||||
/types/<Lang>
|
||||
/backdrops/<Lang>
|
||||
/config
|
||||
/palettes/<Lang>
|
||||
|
||||
/usr/dt/app-defaults/<Lang>
|
||||
/appconfig/appmanager/<Lang>
|
||||
/help/<Lang>
|
||||
/icons/<Lang>
|
||||
/types/<Lang>
|
||||
/bin
|
||||
/config
|
||||
/lib
|
||||
/share/backdrops/<Lang>
|
||||
/include
|
||||
/examples
|
||||
/man
|
||||
/palettes/<Lang>
|
||||
/var/dt/appconfig/appmanager
|
||||
|
||||
$HOME/.dt/appmanager
|
||||
/help
|
||||
/icons
|
||||
/palettes
|
||||
/sessions
|
||||
/types
|
||||
</ProgramListing>
|
||||
</InformalExample>
|
||||
<Para>The following guidelines apply to the contents of these directories:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is for use by the CDE system.
|
||||
Applications should never
|
||||
create files in this directory although they may read and execute
|
||||
them.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/app-defaults/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the
|
||||
app-defaults files for the CDE clients.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/appmanager/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the actions
|
||||
files used by the Application Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/help/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the CDE help
|
||||
volumes and help files.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/icons/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the icons
|
||||
used by the CDE clients.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/appconfig/types/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the actions
|
||||
and data types used by the CDE clients.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/bin</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the CDE clients.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/config</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains default configuration files.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/lib</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the shared libraries used by the CDE
|
||||
clients.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/share</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains CDE elements, typically ASCII files, that are
|
||||
independent of the architecture.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/share/backdrops/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the
|
||||
backdrops used by the window manager workspaces and by the
|
||||
Style Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/share/examples</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains examples of CDE functionality.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/share/include</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is part of the developmewnt environment and includes
|
||||
header files associated with CDE.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/share/man</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the man pages for the CDE clients.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/usr/dt/share/palettes/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains the localized versions of the palettes
|
||||
used by the Style Manager to determine the color scheme.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is specified as the CDE configuration
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold system-administrator defined
|
||||
configuration files
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/appmanager/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold system-administrator defined
|
||||
configuration files for the Application Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/help/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold system-administrator defined
|
||||
configuration files for the Help system.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/icons/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold system-administrator defined
|
||||
configuration files for icons.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/appconfig/types/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold system-administrator defined
|
||||
configuration files for the action and filetype database.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/backdrops/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains backdrops provided by the system administrator.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/config</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is to contain modified versions of the CDE
|
||||
configuration files (installed in
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/config</Filename>).</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/etc/dt/palettes/<Lang></Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains palettes provided by the system administrator.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/var/dt</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used by CDE for some log files, temporary files,
|
||||
and files that vary in size.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>/var/dt/appconfig/appmanager</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is created at login and is used by the
|
||||
Application Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory contains information specific to the user.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/appmanager</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold user-defined
|
||||
configuration files for the Application Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/backdrops</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold user-customized backdrops for
|
||||
the Style Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/help</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold user-defined
|
||||
configuration files for the Help system.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/icons</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold user-defined
|
||||
configuration files for icons.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/palettes</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold user-customized palettes for
|
||||
the Style Manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/sessions</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to store session information between CDE
|
||||
sessions.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/tmp</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold temporary information.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Filename>$HOME/.dt/types</Filename></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>This directory is used to hold user-defined
|
||||
configuration files for the action and filetypes database.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>The Minimum Runtime Environment</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The minimum environment required for a system to support CDE consists
|
||||
of the following files and directories:
|
||||
<Filename>/usr/dt/app-defaults/C/
|
||||
tpad
|
||||
Dtksh
|
||||
Dtterm
|
||||
/usr/dt/appconfig/tttypes/
|
||||
types.xdr
|
||||
/usr/dt/bin/
|
||||
dsdm
|
||||
dtaction
|
||||
dtappgather
|
||||
dtappintegrate
|
||||
dtexec
|
||||
dtksh
|
||||
dtpad
|
||||
dtspcd
|
||||
dtterm
|
||||
suid_exec
|
||||
rpc.ttdbserver
|
||||
tt_type_comp
|
||||
ttsession</Filename>
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtenvvar;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 01:31:55-->
|
||||
71
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dthelact.sgm
Normal file
71
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dthelact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dthelact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:53:50 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN87.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN87.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dthelpaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dthelpaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; help actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dthelpview [<Emphasis>volume</Emphasis>]
|
||||
Open <Emphasis>volume</Emphasis>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Help Services support the following help actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dthelpview</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the top-level help index.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dthelpview</Literal> <Emphasis>volume</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the help volume named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>volume</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Emphasis>volume</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the help volume named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>volume</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
72
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dticoact.sgm
Normal file
72
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dticoact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dticoact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:54:03 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN88.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN88.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dticonaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dticonaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; icon editing actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dticon [<Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol>]
|
||||
Open <Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Icon Editing Services support the following
|
||||
icon editing actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dticon</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an empty icon editor view.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dticon</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an icon editor view of the bitmap or pixmap named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an icon editor view of the bitmap or pixmap named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
95
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfact.sgm
Normal file
95
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfact.sgm /main/7 1996/08/31 14:47:58 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtinfoaction">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
dtinfoaction
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtinfoaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; information management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>
|
||||
DtLoadInfoLib <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>
|
||||
Open <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>
|
||||
DtShowInfoAtLoc
|
||||
DtPrintInfoAtLoc
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Information Management Services support the following
|
||||
information management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol>DtLoadInfoLib</Symbol> <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Load the information library specified by
|
||||
<symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>, which can be either
|
||||
a relative or absolute file path. If
|
||||
<symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol> is not
|
||||
specified, <command>dtinfo</command> displays the default
|
||||
information library(s).
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Load the information library specified by
|
||||
<symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>.
|
||||
Remaps to <Symbol>DtLoadInfoLib</Symbol> <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol>DtShowInfoAtLoc</Symbol> <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol> <symbol role="Variable">section</symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Display the section or topic specified by <symbol role="Variable">section</symbol>
|
||||
contained within the infolib specified by <symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol>.
|
||||
<symbol role="Variable">filename</symbol> can be either a relative or absolute
|
||||
file path. <symbol role="Variable">section</symbol> specifies the information
|
||||
library section in generalized locator format.
|
||||
<command>dtinfo</command> is started if it
|
||||
is not already running. This corresponds to invoking <command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
with the <literal>-sect</literal> option from the command line.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol>DtPrintInfoAtLoc</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print one or more infolib sections from
|
||||
the desktop. This action is invoked whenever a section or sections is
|
||||
dragged from the book list window in <command>dtinfo</command> and
|
||||
dropped on the printer icon on the front panel.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtInfo.LoadInfoLib;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtInfo.PrintInfoAtLoc;,
|
||||
<Function>DtInfo_ShowInfoAtLoc</Function> 4
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
70
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfdlb.sgm
Normal file
70
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfdlb.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfdlb.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:54:25 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.DtMmdbInfoLibInfo">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
DtMmdbInfoLibInfo
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoLibInfo</StructName>
|
||||
</RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose><command>dtinfo</command> infolib structure
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoLibInfo</StructName>
|
||||
structure contains information about a <command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
information library (infolib).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoLibInfo</StructName>
|
||||
structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<literallayout>
|
||||
#include <DtInfo/DtMmdb.h>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtMmdbInfoLibInfo {
|
||||
const char* path;
|
||||
const char* name;
|
||||
unsigned int num_bookcases;
|
||||
} DtMmdbInfoLibInfo;
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoLibInfo</StructName>
|
||||
members have the following meanings:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">path</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A pointer to the pathname for the infolib.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">name</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A pointer to the name of the infolib.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">num_books</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The number of bookcases in the infolib.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtInfoLib;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
46
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfoaf.sgm
Normal file
46
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfoaf.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfoaf.sgm /main/6 1996/08/30 13:54:38 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtinfo.af">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
dtinfo.af
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><filename>dtinfo.af</filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose><command>dtinfo</command> architectural forms
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para><filename>dtinfo.af</filename> provides entity definitions for the
|
||||
<command>dtinfo</command> architectural forms. While these are not
|
||||
required, using them minimizes updating your DTDs as features are added
|
||||
to the Dtinfo Toolkit.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>You can also find an ASCII file of the
|
||||
<filename>dtinfo.af</filename> in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/infolib/%L/SGML/dtinfo.af</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>For information on applying <command>dtinfo</command> architectural
|
||||
forms to your DTDs, see "Modifying Your Existing DTD" in <emphasis>CDE:
|
||||
Information Manager Author's and Programmer's Guide</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoBook.dtd;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoStyle.dtd;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoTOC.dtd;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
62
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfobc.sgm
Normal file
62
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfobc.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfobc.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 20:01:12 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.DtMmdbBookCase">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
DtMmdbBookCase
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbBookCase</StructName>
|
||||
</RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose><command>dtinfo</command> bookcase structure
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbBookCaseInfo</StructName>
|
||||
structure contains information about a <command>dtinfo</command> bookcase.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbBookCase</StructName>
|
||||
structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<literallayout>
|
||||
#include <DtInfo/DtMmdb.h>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtMmdbBookCaseInfo {
|
||||
const char* name;
|
||||
unsigned int num_books;
|
||||
} DtMmdbBookCaseInfo;
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbBookCase</StructName>
|
||||
members have the following meanings:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">name</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>A pointer to the name of the infolib that contains the bookcase.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">num_books</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The number of books in the bookcase.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtInfoLib;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
130
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfobk.sgm
Normal file
130
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfobk.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfobk.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:55:04 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtinfoBook.dtd">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
dtinfoBook.dtd
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><filename>dtinfoBook.dtd</filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose><command>dtinfo</command> bookcase document type definition
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>This is the document type definition for bookcases under
|
||||
<command>dtinfo</command>. You can also find an ASCII file of the
|
||||
<filename>dtinfoBook.dtd</filename> in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/infolib/%L/SGML/dtinfoBook.dtd</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The bookcase DTD is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<LITERALLAYOUT><!--
|
||||
Formal Public Identifier (FPI):
|
||||
-//X Consortium//DTD DTINFO Bookcase Description//EN
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- DTINFO Architectural Forms -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % OLAF PUBLIC
|
||||
“-//X Consortium//ENTITIES DTINFO Architectural Forms//EN”
|
||||
>
|
||||
%OLAF;
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Describe the BookCase contents.
|
||||
</LITERALLAYOUT>
|
||||
<LITERALLAYOUT> -->
|
||||
<!ELEMENT BookCase - - ( BookcaseName, BookcaseDesc, StyleSheet+, Book+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST BookCase
|
||||
StyleSheet IDREF #REQUIRED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.Bookcase;
|
||||
%DTINFO.Style; “attr( StyleSheet )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT BookcaseName - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST BookcaseName
|
||||
%DTINFO.BookcaseName;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT BookcaseDesc - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST BookcaseDesc
|
||||
%DTINFO.BookcaseDesc;
|
||||
>
|
||||
<!ELEMENT Book - - ( Title, ShortTitle?, Tab*, TOCFile, File+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST Book
|
||||
StyleSheet IDREF #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.Book;
|
||||
%DTINFO.Style; “attr( StyleSheet )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT Title - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST Title
|
||||
%DTINFO.BookTitle;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT ShortTitle - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST ShortTitle
|
||||
%DTINFO.BookShortTitle;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT Access - O EMPTY >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST Access
|
||||
Feature CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
VenCode CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
Version CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
Grouping CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
DefaultSection CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
DemoTerms CDATA #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.BookAccess;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT Tab - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST Tab
|
||||
TabLoc CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.BookTab;
|
||||
%DTINFO.IDREF; “attr( TabLoc )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Any section within the file can override the style
|
||||
sheet via a DTD modification.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOCFile - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOCFile
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT File - - ( #PCDATA) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST File
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Style Sheet DTD -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % StyleSheet.dtd PUBLIC
|
||||
“-//X Consortium//DTD DTINFO Style Sheet//EN”
|
||||
>
|
||||
%StyleSheet.dtd;</LITERALLAYOUT>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtInfoLib;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoStyle.dtd;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoTOC.dtd;,
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
|
||||
133
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfost.sgm
Normal file
133
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfost.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfost.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 20:01:21 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtinfoStyle.dtd">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
dtinfoStyle.dtd
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><filename>dtinfoStyle.dtd</filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose><command>dtinfo</command> style
|
||||
sheet document type definition
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para><filename>dtinfoStyle.dtd</filename> describes the SGML features
|
||||
available for specifying how a document should be rendered. Style sheets
|
||||
associate the elements in a given document hierarchy with on-line or
|
||||
print formatting characteristics, and are part of the DtInfo Toolkit.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>With <command>dtinfo</command>, you use a single style sheet to specify
|
||||
both print and online rendering of the elements in your DTD.
|
||||
The print and online feature sets match in function, description,
|
||||
and specification, with just four exceptions for print-specific features
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>Basic Style Sheet Format</title>
|
||||
<para>The basic style sheet format first defines autonumbers. Then, for each
|
||||
element (<SYSTEMITEM>Path</SYSTEMITEM>) the style sheet defines its
|
||||
feature set. For information see, "Understanding Dtinfo Style Sheets"
|
||||
and "Creating a Style Sheet" in <emphasis>CDE: Information Manager
|
||||
Author's and Programmer's Guide</emphasis>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>You can also find an ASCII file of the
|
||||
<filename>dtinfoStyle.dtd</filename> in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/infolib/%L/SGML/dtinfoStyle.dtd</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
<refsect2>
|
||||
<title>AutoNumber</title>
|
||||
<para>To use system-generated number tokens in element formatting, first
|
||||
create an <SYSTEMITEM>AutoNumber</SYSTEMITEM> specification for each
|
||||
token stream. (Note that these tokens can only be used with the Prefix,
|
||||
Suffix, Header and Footer features.)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>A simple example is:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<LITERALLAYOUT>
|
||||
<AutoNumber
|
||||
|
||||
id=chapnum
|
||||
|
||||
reset=”Book Part”
|
||||
|
||||
counter=chapter>
|
||||
</LITERALLAYOUT>
|
||||
<PARA>A more complex example is:
|
||||
</PARA>
|
||||
<LITERALLAYOUT><AutoNumber
|
||||
|
||||
id=fignum
|
||||
|
||||
type=UCroman
|
||||
|
||||
initial=”I”
|
||||
|
||||
delta=l
|
||||
|
||||
counter=”FIG TABLE”
|
||||
|
||||
reset=chap>
|
||||
|
||||
<path>NUMITEM</>
|
||||
|
||||
<margin top=4pt bottom=4pt>
|
||||
|
||||
<prefix><auto id=NumList></prefix>
|
||||
</LITERALLAYOUT>
|
||||
<PARA>where:</PARA>
|
||||
<VARIABLELIST>
|
||||
<VARLISTENTRY><TERM><SYSTEMITEM>type</SYSTEMITEM></TERM>
|
||||
<LISTITEM><PARA>The kind of counter values:Arabic, UCalpha, LCalpha, UCroman, LCroman.
|
||||
The default value is Arabic.
|
||||
</PARA></LISTITEM>
|
||||
</VARLISTENTRY>
|
||||
<VARLISTENTRY><TERM><SYSTEMITEM>id</SYSTEMITEM></TERM>
|
||||
<LISTITEM><PARA>The unique name of this token. You can refer
|
||||
to this name, for example, in a
|
||||
<SYSTEMITEM>Prefix</SYSTEMITEM>. Required.
|
||||
</PARA></LISTITEM>
|
||||
</VARLISTENTRY><VARLISTENTRY><TERM><SYSTEMITEM>initial</SYSTEMITEM></TERM>
|
||||
<LISTITEM><PARA>The initial value for this token, which must be consistent with the Type.
|
||||
The default is 1.
|
||||
</PARA></LISTITEM>
|
||||
</VARLISTENTRY>
|
||||
<VARLISTENTRY><TERM><SYSTEMITEM>delta</SYSTEMITEM></TERM>
|
||||
<LISTITEM><PARA>The value by which the system increments or decrements the token.
|
||||
The default is to increment by 1.
|
||||
</PARA></LISTITEM>
|
||||
</VARLISTENTRY>
|
||||
<VARLISTENTRY><TERM><SYSTEMITEM>counter</SYSTEMITEM></TERM>
|
||||
<LISTITEM><PARA>The element(s) that cause this token to use the Delta to change
|
||||
values. Required.
|
||||
</PARA></LISTITEM>
|
||||
</VARLISTENTRY>
|
||||
<VARLISTENTRY><TERM><SYSTEMITEM>reset</SYSTEMITEM></TERM>
|
||||
<LISTITEM><PARA>The element(s) that cause this token to reset to its initial value.
|
||||
Required.
|
||||
</PARA></LISTITEM>
|
||||
</VARLISTENTRY>
|
||||
</VARIABLELIST>
|
||||
</REFSECT2>
|
||||
</REFSECT1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para><emphasis>CDE: Information Manager
|
||||
Author's and Programmer's Guide</emphasis>,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoBook.dtd;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoTOC.dtd;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
|
||||
176
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfotc.sgm
Normal file
176
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtinfotc.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtinfotc.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:55:31 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtinfoTOC.dtd">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
dtinfoTOC.dtd
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><filename>dtinfoTOC.dtd</filename></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose><command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
table of contents document type
|
||||
definition
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>This is the document type definition for tables of contents under
|
||||
<command>dtinfo</command>. You can also find an ASCII file of the
|
||||
<filename>dtinfoTOC.dtd</filename> in
|
||||
<filename>/usr/dt/infolib/%L/SGML/dtinfoTOC.dtd</filename>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The table of contents DTD is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<LITERALLAYOUT><!ENTITY % commonatts “
|
||||
|
||||
Lang CDATA #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
Remap CDATA #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
Role CDATA #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
XRefLabel CDATA #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
“ >
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Formal Public Identifier (FPI):
|
||||
-//X Consortium//DTD DTINFO Table of Contents//EN
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- DTINFO Architectural Forms -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % OLAF PUBLIC
|
||||
“-//X Consortium//ENTITIES DTINFO Architectural Forms//EN”
|
||||
>
|
||||
%OLAF;
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % userphrase.gp ““ >
|
||||
|
||||
<!ENTITY % inlinechar.gp “#PCDATA %userphrase.gp;” >
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOC - - ( Title, TitleAbbrev?, TOCfront*, (TOCpart+ | TOCchap+), TOCback*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOC
|
||||
Id ID #REQUIRED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOC;
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT Title - - ( (%inlinechar.gp;)+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST Title
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.Title; “#CONTENT”
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.Scope.Title;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TitleAbbrev - - ( (%inlinechar.gp;)+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TitleAbbrev
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ShortTitle; “#CONTENT”
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOCfront - - ( (%inlinechar.gp;)+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOCfront
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOCentry - - ( (%inlinechar.gp;)+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOCentry
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
Linkend CDATA #REQUIRED
|
||||
Pagenum CDATA #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.IDREF; “attr( Linkend )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOCpart - - ( TOCentry+, TOCchap*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOCpart
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOCchap - - ( TOCentry+, TOClevel1*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOCchap
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOClevel1 - - ( TOCentry+, TOClevel2*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOClevel1
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOClevel2 - - ( TOCentry+, TOClevel3*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOClevel2
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOClevel3 - - ( TOCentry+, TOClevel4*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOClevel3
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOClevel4 - - ( TOCentry+, TOClevel5*) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOClevel4
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOClevel5 - - ( TOCentry+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOClevel5
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
%DTINFO.TOCEntry;
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
<!ELEMENT TOCback - - ( (%inlinechar.gp;)+) >
|
||||
<!ATTLIST TOCback
|
||||
Id ID #IMPLIED
|
||||
|
||||
%DTINFO.ID; “attr( Id )”
|
||||
>
|
||||
</LITERALLAYOUT>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtinfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfogen;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoBook.dtd;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtinfoStyle.dtd;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
97
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtmaiact.sgm
Normal file
97
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtmaiact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtmaiact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:55:42 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN89.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN89.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtmailaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtmailaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; mail actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Compose [<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> ...]
|
||||
Dtmail [<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>]
|
||||
Open <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
Print <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Mail Services support the following mail actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Compose</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an empty mail composition view for message construction.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Compose</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> . . .</Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a mail composition view with attachments named
|
||||
by the pathnames in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> arguments.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtmail</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the user's inbox for electronic mail.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtmail</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the mail file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the mail file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print the mail file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
81
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtmanact.sgm
Normal file
81
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtmanact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtmanact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:55:55 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN90.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN90.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtmanaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtmanaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; manual page actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtmanpageview [<Emphasis>page</Emphasis>]
|
||||
Open <Emphasis>page</Emphasis>
|
||||
Print <Emphasis>page</Emphasis>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Help Services support the following manual page actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtmanpageview</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Prompt the user for a manual page and open a view of the manual page
|
||||
specified by the user.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtmanpageview</Literal> <Emphasis>page</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the manual page named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>page</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Emphasis>page</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the manual page named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>page</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol> <Emphasis>page</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print the manual page named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>page</Emphasis> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
87
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtpriact.sgm
Normal file
87
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtpriact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtpriact.sgm /main/6 1996/08/31 14:48:06 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN91.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN91.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtprintinfoaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtprintinfoaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; print job actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtprintinfo [<Emphasis>printer</Emphasis>]
|
||||
DtPrintManager
|
||||
Print <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Print Job Services support the following
|
||||
action for viewing printers and print jobs:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtprintinfo</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Display the default printer and its print jobs.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtprintinfo</Literal> <Emphasis>printer</Emphasis></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Display the printer named by the printer in the
|
||||
<Emphasis>printer</Emphasis> argument and its print jobs.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol>DtPrintManager</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Display all configured printers.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Display the default printer and its print jobs.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Submit the file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument to the default printer.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
399
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtsearch.sgm
Normal file
399
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtsearch.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtsearch.sgm /main/8 1996/10/29 16:04:20 cdedoc $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.SEARCH.DtSearch">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>DtSearch</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>special file</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName>DtSearch</RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>
|
||||
Introduces the DtSearch text search and retrieval system
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>DtSearch is a general purpose text search and retrieval system that
|
||||
serves as the text search engine for the DtInfo browser in the Common
|
||||
Desktop Environment (CDE). DtSearch utilizes a full text inverted index
|
||||
of natural language words and stems. Both queries and documents have
|
||||
been internationalized for CDE single- and multi-byte languages, with
|
||||
provision for the definition of custom languages. Queries are simple
|
||||
text strings that can optionally include full boolean specifications
|
||||
with a simple intuitive syntax. Results of searches can be ranked
|
||||
statistically. Document retrievals can include information for
|
||||
highlighting query words in retrieved documents.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>DtSearch consists of two major functional areas.
|
||||
The first is a set of offline build tools that:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<Para>Create searchable databases.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<Para>Index the user's text files and load the resultant search
|
||||
information into the databases.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<Para>Maintain the databases.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<Para>The second functional area is an online search API. It provides a simple
|
||||
interface to the search engine to facilitate user-written search and
|
||||
retrieval programs. The API consists of a set of functions compiled into
|
||||
the library <filename>libDtSearch</filename>, with function prototypes,
|
||||
constant definitions, and data structures defined in
|
||||
<filename>Search.h</filename>. DtSearch includes a sample browser source
|
||||
program, <filename>dtsrtest.c</filename>, to demonstrate API usage.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Information and error messages in both functional areas, including those
|
||||
appended to the online API MessageList, are generated from a single
|
||||
DtSearch Message catalog, <filename>dtsearch.cat</filename>. The source
|
||||
for this catalog is <filename>dtsearch.msg</filename>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>Each DtSearch database is associated with a single full text inverted
|
||||
index. In addition, each database can be partitioned into logical
|
||||
subsets of documents called "keytypes" by a naming convention of the
|
||||
database keys. The search engine can open multiple databases and users
|
||||
can specify any combination of databases and keytypes for each query,
|
||||
thus providing a two tier search capability. Users can further qualify
|
||||
searches by restricting the search return list by date ranges and
|
||||
maximum number of documents returned.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<Para>DtSearch is written in ANSI Standard and POSIX compliant C. The DtSearch
|
||||
online search API is not reentrant (not "thread-safe") and must
|
||||
therefore be directly linked into the user-written search program. The
|
||||
DtSearch API will increase the size of a browser search program from
|
||||
100K to 200K bytes depending on which functions are called.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CONVENTIONS</Title>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Database Names</Title>
|
||||
<para>Databases consist of a set of binary and ASCII files whose names are the
|
||||
1- to 8-character ASCII database name specified to the
|
||||
<command>dtsrcreate</command> command, a period (.), and a 1- to
|
||||
3-character ASCII file name suffix. Executing
|
||||
<command>dtsrcreate</command> will create and initialize these files.
|
||||
After creation, databases are always identified by the 1- to 8-character
|
||||
name string used in <command>dtsrcreate</command>. The database names
|
||||
<literal>dtsearch</literal> and <literal>austext</literal> are reserved
|
||||
and may not be specified.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>DtSearch Languages</Title>
|
||||
<para>Each database is associated with a single natural language. Unlike
|
||||
conventional locales, a DtSearch language includes code set presumptions
|
||||
and, most importantly, linguistic parsing and stemming rules to identify
|
||||
indexable terms in a text stream. A DtSearch language is specified when
|
||||
a database is created. Developers can also define custom languages with
|
||||
special code sets and linguistic rules. See "Language Parsing and
|
||||
Stemming" in this man page below for details.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Database Types</Title>
|
||||
<para>The API can be used simply as a search engine, referring to documents
|
||||
only through the inverted indexes. Alternatively, a database can be
|
||||
configured to store actual document text in compressed format in a
|
||||
repository efficiently accessible to the engine. The configuration
|
||||
options that indicate these alternatives are referred to as database
|
||||
types and are specified to <command>dtsrcreate</command> at database
|
||||
creation time.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Abstracts</Title>
|
||||
<para>A field called the "abstract" is included in the fzk file for each
|
||||
document loaded into a database, and is included on the Results list for
|
||||
each document in a successful search. When documents are not stored in a
|
||||
repository, the abstract typically specifies a file name, URL, or other
|
||||
reference useful to the browser. It can also include summary information
|
||||
viewable by users to help them select documents for retrieval and
|
||||
display.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Offline Build Tools</Title>
|
||||
<para><command>dtsrcreate</command> creates and initializes new databases or
|
||||
reinitializes preexisting databases. Textual data is loaded into
|
||||
databases by the execution of two programs. <command>dtsrload</command>
|
||||
creates a database object record for each text document, and
|
||||
<command>dtsrindex</command> creates the full text inverted index of
|
||||
words and stems for each object record. Based on unique database keys
|
||||
for each object, <command>dtsrload</command> and
|
||||
<command>dtsrindex</command> can also serve as update programs for
|
||||
preexisting databases.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>The input to the load and index programs is a canonical text file with a
|
||||
<Filename>.fzk</Filename> file name suffix. The format of fzk files is
|
||||
sufficiently simple that they can be generated manually. In addition,
|
||||
DtSearch includes a utility program, <command>dtsrhan</command>, which
|
||||
can generate a correctly formatted fzk file for some kinds of text
|
||||
documents.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Several other utilites provided in the distribution package are suitable
|
||||
for extracting summary database information, including
|
||||
<command>dtsrdbrec</command> and <command>dtsrkdump</command>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Argument Conventions</Title>
|
||||
<para>Optional command line arguments are specified with a dash (−) and
|
||||
typically a single character argument identifier. Some required
|
||||
arguments also use the dash convention. Unless specifically indicated
|
||||
otherwise, dash arguments may be specified in any order. Where values
|
||||
are used with dash arguments, they must be directly appended to the
|
||||
argument without white space.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Optional arguments precede required arguments. Non-dash required
|
||||
arguments must usually be specified in the order indicated by the usage
|
||||
statement.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>LANGUAGE PARSING AND STEMMING</Title>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Parsing and Stemming</Title>
|
||||
<para>Word parsing is fundamental to DtSearch operations at both index time
|
||||
and query time. Linguistic parsing algorithms filter incoming text
|
||||
strings into sequences of word tokens for each natural language.
|
||||
Depending on the language, word tokens may also be processed into stem
|
||||
tokens. At index time each linguistic token, or term, in a document is
|
||||
stored in the inverted index. At search time queries are parsed for
|
||||
linguistic terms and used to access the documents that contain them.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Each database is assigned its own DtSearch language identified by a
|
||||
language number at database creation time. A language number determines
|
||||
the parsing and stemming algorithms to be applied to the database's text
|
||||
and queries. Internal DtSearch algorithms are supplied for supported
|
||||
languages including several European languages and Japanese. In addition
|
||||
a user exit mechanism permits developers to provide their own custom
|
||||
language algorithms for a database.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Language Files</Title>
|
||||
<para>Language algorithms often use various word lists. Typically, these lists
|
||||
are stored in language files for easy maintenance, with the type of list
|
||||
identified by the file name extension. Language files are opened and
|
||||
read into internal tables when the offline programs initialize or when
|
||||
the <function>DtSearchInit</function> online API function is called. Some
|
||||
language files are required and initialization will return fatal errors
|
||||
if they are missing. Some language files are optional and associated
|
||||
algorithms will be silently bypassed if they are missing. Files for
|
||||
supported languages may be edited to provide database specific
|
||||
enhancements. At open time, database specific files supercede generic
|
||||
language files.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>General European Parsing Rules</Title>
|
||||
<para>The currently supported European languages are
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<informaltable>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="0.52in">
|
||||
<colspec align="left" colwidth="3.10in">
|
||||
<tbody>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para>0</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>English, ASCII character set</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para>1</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>English, ISO Latin-1 character set</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para>2</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Spanish, ISO Latin-1 character set</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para>3</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>French, ISO Latin-1 character set</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para>4</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>Italian, ISO Latin-1 character set</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><para>5</para></entry>
|
||||
<entry><para>German, ISO Latin-1 character set</para></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
|
||||
<para>If not otherwise specified, <command>dtscreate</command> will initialize
|
||||
databases with language number 0. Note that all supported European
|
||||
languages use a single-byte encoding method, with the ASCII code set as
|
||||
a proper subset.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Parsed text, including both queries and indexed text in documents,
|
||||
is case insensitive in supported European languages.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>In supported European languages parsing is accomplished with the Teskey
|
||||
algorithm, which partitions a character set into characters that are
|
||||
always parts of words (concordable), characters that are never parts of
|
||||
words (nonconcordable), and characters that may be parts of words
|
||||
depending on context (optionally concordable). Typically, alphanumeric
|
||||
characters are concordable. Whitespace and most punctuation is
|
||||
nonconcordable. Slashes are examples of characters that may or may not
|
||||
separate words depending on context. The essence of the parsing
|
||||
algorithm is "optionally concordable characters preceding concordable
|
||||
characters are concordable; otherwise, they are nonconcordable". For
|
||||
example, UNIX directory names of the form
|
||||
<filename>/usr/local/bin</filename> would be considered just one word,
|
||||
but slashes in isolation would be discarded as nonconcordable.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>The parsing algorithm does a table lookup to determine the
|
||||
concordability of characters. The tables are arrays of the characters
|
||||
for each code page supported by the algorithm. Currently 7-bit ASCII and
|
||||
ISO Latin-1 are supported.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Words Not Indexed</Title>
|
||||
<para>Several additional parsing rules are applied to prevent indexing
|
||||
meaningless terms. These terms include common prepositions, indefinite
|
||||
articles, and nonlinguistic text strings such as formatting tags,
|
||||
sequences of hexadecimal dump characters, list identifiers, etc.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Tokens whose lengths are less than a minimum word size or greater than a
|
||||
maximum word size are discarded. The default minimum and maximum word
|
||||
sizes can be overridden in <command>dtsrcreate</command>.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Similarly words found in the "stop list" file for the database are
|
||||
discarded. Stop lists are external, editable language files. Each
|
||||
supported European language is provided with a default stop list.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Words found in an "include list" file are forcibly indexed even if they
|
||||
would otherwise be discarded. Include list database files are optional;
|
||||
no defaults are provided.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Stemming</Title>
|
||||
<para>When specified for a language, individual parsed words will be
|
||||
"conflated" or mapped into their "stem" form, a new word that represents
|
||||
the etymological root of the original word. A default null stemming
|
||||
algorithm is used for languages that are not otherwise provided with a
|
||||
supported stemmer. The null stemmer returns the original word as its own
|
||||
stem. Both words and stems are stored in the inverted index. API
|
||||
searches can be specified for either words or stems, but the two search
|
||||
methods are distinguished only when real stems have been stored in the
|
||||
inverted index.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>In the supported European languages stemming can be accomplished
|
||||
heuristically or by dictionary lookup. The heuristic algorithms
|
||||
typically remove affixes in a language-dependent way. Affix lists are
|
||||
usually stored in language files. Currently stemming is supported
|
||||
for English languages 0 and 1, Spanish language 2, French language 3,
|
||||
Italian language 4, and German language 5.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Japanese</Title>
|
||||
<para>Two Japanese DtSearch languages (numbers 6 and 7) are supported. Both
|
||||
use the same packed, Extended UNIX Code (EUC) character set. The two
|
||||
languages differ only in the technique used to parse compound kanji
|
||||
words. All validly encoded text for supported Japanese languages
|
||||
incorporates ASCII encoding as a proper, single-byte subset. The
|
||||
supported Japanese languages use the null stemmer.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Kanji Compounds</Title>
|
||||
<para>Individual kanji characters are parsed as single words. In addition, for
|
||||
language number 6 all possible kanji substrings (pairs, triplets, etc.)
|
||||
found in any contiguous string of kanjis will be parsed as compound
|
||||
kanji words, up to a maximum word size of 6 kanji characters. For
|
||||
language number 7, only kanji substrings listed in the
|
||||
<filename>jpn.knj</filename> language file may be treated as compound
|
||||
kanji words. At offline index time all possible individual kanjis and
|
||||
kanji compounds for a language are stored in the inverted index. At
|
||||
online search time kanji substrings in the query are treated as single
|
||||
query terms and are not compounded further.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Japanese Code Sets</Title>
|
||||
<para>The supported packed EUC character set consists of four separate
|
||||
multibyte Code Sets. Code Set 0 can be either 7-bit ASCII or 7-bit
|
||||
JIS-Roman. The first and only byte of a character in Code Set 0 is less
|
||||
than 0x80. Substrings of Code Set 0 in supported Japanese text are
|
||||
parsed into individual words with the European language parser described
|
||||
above. Minimum and maximum word sizes, stop lists, and include lists
|
||||
will be used as in European languages if provided with a Japanese
|
||||
database.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Code Set 1 is JIS X 0208-1990. The two-byte characters in Code Set 1
|
||||
always begin with a byte greater than 0xA0 and less than 0xFF. Symbols
|
||||
and line drawing elements are not indexed. Hirigana strings are
|
||||
discarded as equivalent to stop list words. Contiguous substrings of
|
||||
katakana, Roman, Greek, or cyrillic are parsed as single words.
|
||||
Individual kanji characters are treated as single words with additional
|
||||
kanji compounding depending on language number, as described above.
|
||||
Characters from unassigned kuten rows are treated as user-defined kanji.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Code Set 2 is halfwidth katakana. The two-byte characters in Code Set 2
|
||||
always begin with the unique byte 0x8E. Contiguous strings are parsed as
|
||||
single words.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<para>Code Set 3 is JIS X 0212-1990. The three-byte characters in Code Set 3
|
||||
always begin with the unique byte 0x8F. Parsing is similar to Code Set
|
||||
1: discard symbols, etc., contiguous strings of related foreign
|
||||
characters equal words, and individual kanjis and unassigned characters
|
||||
equal single words, with additional kanji compounding depending on
|
||||
language. Kuten row 5 is treated as katakana; undefined rows are treated
|
||||
as kanji.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect2>
|
||||
<RefSect2>
|
||||
<Title>Custom Languages</Title>
|
||||
<para>All language dependent data structures and functions are referenced by
|
||||
fields in the main internal DtSearch structure for databases (DBLK). The
|
||||
same structure is used for offline build programs as well as online API
|
||||
search functions. Language processing is initialized database by
|
||||
database by an internal language loader function which stores values in
|
||||
DBLK fields. A database whose language number is not supported is
|
||||
presumed to be associated with a custom language. A special function,
|
||||
<Function>load_custom_language</Function>, is called to initialize
|
||||
language fields for custom languages. The default
|
||||
<Function>load_custom_language</Function> merely returns an error code.
|
||||
However, developers can link in their own
|
||||
<Function>load_custom_language</Function> function, which will be called
|
||||
to initialize the DBLK fields needed to parse and stem one or more
|
||||
custom languages. Values required for the language fields of a DBLK are
|
||||
specified in &cdeman.DtSrAPI;.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</refsect2>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtsrcreate;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrdbrec;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrhan;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrindex;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrload;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrkdump;,
|
||||
&cdeman.huffcode;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtSrAPI;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrfzkfiles;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrocffile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrhanfile;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrlangfiles;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtsrdbfiles;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
71
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtsesact.sgm
Normal file
71
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtsesact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtsesact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:56:32 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN92.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN92.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtsessionaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtsessionaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; session management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>ExitSession
|
||||
LockDisplay
|
||||
ReloadResources
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Session Management Services support the following
|
||||
session management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>ExitSession</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Exit the user's current session.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>LockDisplay</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Lock the user's display.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>ReloadResources</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Reload the user's resources.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
55
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtstyact.sgm
Normal file
55
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtstyact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtstyact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:56:45 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN93.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN93.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtstyleaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtstyleaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; style management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtstyle
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Style Management Services support the following
|
||||
style management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtstyle</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the desktop style manager.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
63
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtteract.sgm
Normal file
63
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dtteract.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dtteract.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:56:58 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN94.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN94.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dttermaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dttermaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; terminal emulation actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtterm
|
||||
Terminal
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Terminal Emulation Services support the following
|
||||
terminal emulation actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtterm</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the desktop terminal emulator.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Terminal</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the user's preferred terminal emulator.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
1717
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dttermes.sgm
Normal file
1717
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dttermes.sgm
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
89
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dttexact.sgm
Normal file
89
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dttexact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dttexact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:57:37 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN95.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN95.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dttextaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dttextaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; text editing actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtpad [<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>]
|
||||
Open <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
Print <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>
|
||||
TextEditor
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Text Editing Services support the following
|
||||
text editing actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtpad</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open an empty view of the desktop text editor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dtpad</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a desktop text editor view of the text file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Open</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the text file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Symbol Role="Message">Print</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Print the text file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>TextEditor</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a view of the user's preferred text editor.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
63
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dttraact.sgm
Normal file
63
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/dttraact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: dttraact.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 13:58:13 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.MAN96.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.MAN96.rsml.1">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dttrashaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dttrashaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; trash management actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dttrash [<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol>]
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; File Management Services support the following
|
||||
trash management actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<VariableList>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dttrash</Literal></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Open a folder view of the desktop trash folder.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
<VarListEntry>
|
||||
<Term><Literal>Dttrash</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
|
||||
<ListItem>
|
||||
<Para>Move the file named by the pathname in the
|
||||
<Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol> argument to the desktop trash folder.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</ListItem>
|
||||
</VarListEntry>
|
||||
</VariableList>
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 23:40:24-->
|
||||
79
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/imssact.sgm
Normal file
79
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/imssact.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: imssact.sgm /main/3 1996/10/30 10:47:04 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDEMX.XCSA.imssact">]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [<RefEntry Id="XCSA.imssact">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>dtimsstartaction</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><Literal>dtimsstartaction</Literal></RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>&str-XZ; input method server actions
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
|
||||
<RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<Synopsis>Dtimsstart
|
||||
</Synopsis>
|
||||
</RefSynopsisDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<Para>The &str-XZ; Input Method Server Services support the following
|
||||
input method server actions:
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><literal>DtImsMode</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Change the IM Selection Mode. This action is located at <literal>Desktop_Tools</literal>
|
||||
in the Application Manager.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><literal>DtImsGetRemoteConf</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Retrieve IMS configuration data on a remote system (used internally
|
||||
by <command>dtimsstart</command>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><literal>DtImsRunRemoteIms</literal></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Run an IMS on a remote system (used internally by
|
||||
<command>dtimsstart</command>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<Para>These actions can be invoked from an application using the
|
||||
&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; function or invoked from a command line using the
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction; utility.
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.dtimsstart;,
|
||||
&cdeman.dtaction;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke;. ]]>
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.XO; [&cdeman.DtActionInvoke; in the &str-Zd;.
|
||||
]]></Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
165
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/mmdbgifo.sgm
Normal file
165
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/mmdbgifo.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: mmdbgifo.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 20:01:38 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtmmdbgraphicinfo">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
DtMmdbGraphicInfo
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbGraphicInfo</StructName>
|
||||
</RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>graphic object structure in <command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbGraphicInfo</StructName>
|
||||
structure contains information about a graphic object in <command>dtinfo</command>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbGraphicInfo</StructName>
|
||||
structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<literallayout>
|
||||
#include <DtInfo/DtMmdb.h>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtMmdbGraphicInfo {
|
||||
unsigned short coding;
|
||||
unsigned short width;
|
||||
unsigned short height;
|
||||
unsigned int llx;
|
||||
unsigned int lly;
|
||||
unsigned int urx;
|
||||
unsigned int ury;
|
||||
char* version;
|
||||
} DtMmdbGraphicInfo;
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbGraphicInfo</StructName>
|
||||
members have the following meanings:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">coding</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the type of the object. Valid values are:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicEPS</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates an Encapsulated PostScript typed object.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicGIF</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates a GIF typed object.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicXPM</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates an XPM typed object.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicXBM</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates an XBM typed object.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicCGM</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates a CGM typed object (not supported)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicJPEG</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates a JPEG typed object (not supported)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicTIFF</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates a TIFF typed object (not supported)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicXWD</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates an XWD typed object (not supported)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><Symbol>DtMmdbGraphicUnknown</Symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Indicates an object of unknown type
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">width</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the width of the object (in points).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">height</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the height of the object (in points).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">llx</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the X coordinate for the lower left corner if the object is of
|
||||
type Encapsulated PostScript.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">lly</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the Y coordinate for the lower left corner if the object is of
|
||||
type Encapsulated PostScript.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">urx</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the X coordinate for the upper right corner if the object is of
|
||||
type Encapsulated PostScript.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">ury</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the Y coordinate for the upper right corner if the object is of
|
||||
type Encapsulated PostScript.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">version</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the version of the object. Currently returns NULL. To be
|
||||
specified in the future.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtMmdbFreeGraphicInfo;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMmdbGraphicGetData;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMmdbGraphicGetInfo;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
55
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/mmdbhndl.sgm
Normal file
55
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/mmdbhndl.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: mmdbhndl.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 20:01:47 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtmmdbhandle">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
DtMmdbHandle
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbHandle</StructName>
|
||||
</RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>object identifier structure in <command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbHandle</StructName>
|
||||
structure contains information about the identifier of
|
||||
an object in <command>dtinfo</command>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbHandle</StructName>
|
||||
structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<literallayout>
|
||||
#include <DtInfo/DtMmdb.h>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtMmdbObjectId {
|
||||
void* oid_ptr;
|
||||
} DtMmdbHandle;
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbHandle</StructName>
|
||||
member is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">oid_ptr</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the identifier of a DtInfo object.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtMmdbFreeHandleList;,
|
||||
&cdeman.DtMmdbFreeHandle;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
82
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/mmdbireq.sgm
Normal file
82
cde/doc/C/guides/man/man5/mmdbireq.sgm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
<!-- $XConsortium: mmdbireq.sgm /main/6 1996/08/30 14:00:19 rws $ -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
|
||||
<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
|
||||
<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<RefEntry Id="CDE.INFO.dtmmdbinforequest">]]>
|
||||
<RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
DtMmdbInfoRequest
|
||||
</RefEntryTitle>
|
||||
<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
|
||||
</RefMeta>
|
||||
<RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoRequest</StructName>
|
||||
</RefName>
|
||||
<RefPurpose>
|
||||
database access request structure in <command>dtinfo</command>
|
||||
</RefPurpose>
|
||||
</RefNameDiv>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoRequest</StructName>
|
||||
structure contains information about a DtInfo database access request.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoRequest</StructName>
|
||||
structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<literallayout>
|
||||
#include <DtInfo/DtMmdb.h>
|
||||
typedef struct _DtMmdbInfoRequest {
|
||||
int bookcase_descriptor;
|
||||
char* locator_ptr;
|
||||
DtMmdbHandle* primary_oid;
|
||||
DtMmdbHandle* secondary_oid;
|
||||
int sequence_num;
|
||||
} DtMmdbInfoRequest;
|
||||
P</literallayout>
|
||||
<para>The <StructName Role="typedef">DtMmdbInfoRequest</StructName>
|
||||
members have the following meanings:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">bookcase_descriptor</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the bookcase from which the access will be performed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">locator_ptr</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the locator of the object to be accessed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">primary_oid</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the primary object id with which the object can be accessed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">secondary_oid</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the secondary object id with which the object can be accessed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">sequence_num</symbol></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Specifies the sequence number of the object to be accessed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
<RefSect1>
|
||||
<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
|
||||
<Para>&cdeman.DtMmdbHandle;
|
||||
</Para>
|
||||
</RefSect1>
|
||||
</RefEntry>
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user